Cisco LightStream 1010 Скачать руководство пользователя страница 904

Страница: 904 / 934

Index

IN-8

ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide

OL-7396-01

CES point-to-multipoint soft PVC connections

19-67,

19-71

ces pvc command

CES T1/E1 interfaces

19-5

hard PVC, example

19-12

hard PVC with a shaped VP tunnel, example

19-27

soft PVC, example

19-17

CES SVC

structured (figure)

19-49

unstructured (figure)

19-44

ces svc command

19-45, 19-46, 19-50, 19-51

CES SVCs

configuring

19-44 to 19-53

structured services

19-48 to 19-52

unstructured services

19-44 to 19-47

description

19-44

verifying

for structured services

19-53

for unstructured services

19-47

CES T1/E1 interfaces

clocking options

19-2

configuring

19-4 to 19-7

connectors supported

19-2

default configuration

19-3

overview

19-2

channel associated signalling. See CAS

channel-group command

20-4, 20-8

channel groups

configuring

20-8

Содержание LightStream 1010

Страница 1: ...an Jose CA 95134 1706 USA http www cisco com Tel 408 526 4000 800 553 NETS 6387 Fax 408 526 4100 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide For the Catalyst 8540 MSR Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 Cisco IOS Release 12 1 26 EB Text Part Number OL 7396 01 ...

Страница 2: ...AL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO DATA ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THIS MANUAL EVEN IF CISCO OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES CCSP CCVP the Cisco Square Bridge logo Follow Me Browsing and StackWise are trademarks of Cisco Systems Inc Changing the Way We Work Live Play and Learn and iQuick Stud...

Страница 3: ...ch Router Hardware Overview 1 1 Layer 3 Enabled ATM Switch Router Hardware Catalyst 8540 MSR 1 1 Available Hardware Components Catalyst 8540 MSR 1 2 Layer 3 Enabled ATM Switch Router Hardware Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 1 3 Processor and Feature Card Models Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 1 3 Available Physical Interfaces Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 1 4 Summary of Soft...

Страница 4: ...le Configuration Mode 2 13 ATM Accounting Selection Configuration Mode 2 13 LANE Configuration Server Database Configuration Mode 2 14 ATM E 164 Translation Table Configuration Mode 2 14 ATM Signalling Diagnostics Configuration Mode 2 15 Controller Configuration Mode 2 15 Redundancy Configuration Mode Catalyst 8540 MSR 2 16 Main CPU Configuration Mode Catalyst 8540 MSR 2 16 Additional Cisco IOS CL...

Страница 5: ...s 3 15 Configuring Optional NCDP Global Parameters 3 15 Configuring Optional NCDP Per Interface Parameters 3 16 Displaying the NCDP Configuration 3 17 Network Clock Services for CES Operations and CBR Traffic 3 18 Configuring Network Routing 3 18 Configuring ATM Static Routes for IISP or PNNI 3 18 Configuring System Information 3 19 Configuring Online Diagnostics Catalyst 8540 MSR 3 19 Access Test...

Страница 6: ...col 4 3 Configuring Enable Passwords 4 4 Configuring Load Statistics Interval 4 4 Configuring Logging 4 4 Configuring Login Authentication 4 5 Configuring Scheduler Attributes 4 6 Configuring Services 4 6 Configuring SNMP 4 7 Username Commands 4 8 Configuring the Privilege Level 4 9 Configuring Privilege Level Global 4 9 Configuring Privilege Level Line 4 9 Configuring the Network Time Protocol 4 ...

Страница 7: ...rations Catalyst 8540 MSR 5 6 Immediately Synchronizing Route Processor Counters Catalyst 8540 MSR 5 6 Synchronizing the Configurations During Switchover Catalyst 8540 MSR 5 6 Synchronizing the Dynamic Information Catalyst 8540 MSR 5 7 Configuring Dynamic Information Synchronization Catalyst 8540 MSR 5 7 Configuring Counter Synchronization Catalyst 8540 MSR 5 8 Displaying the Route Processor Redun...

Страница 8: ...on 7 13 Configuring Point to Multipoint PVC Connections 7 14 Displaying Point to Multipoint PVC Configuration 7 15 Configuring Point to Multipoint PVP Connections 7 17 Displaying Point to Multipoint PVP Configuration 7 18 Configuring Soft PVC Connections 7 19 Guidelines for Creating Soft PVCs 7 20 Configuring Soft PVCs 7 20 Displaying Soft PVC Configuration 7 22 Modifying CTTR Indexes on an Existi...

Страница 9: ...Soft VC Destinations on Different Switches 7 57 Configuring Redundant Soft VC Destinations 7 59 Displaying the Redundant Soft VC Destination Address Configuration 7 61 Configuring Point to Multipoint Soft PVC Connections 7 63 Guidelines for Creating Point to Multipoint Soft PVCs 7 64 Configuring Point to Multipoint Soft PVCs 7 65 Displaying Point to Multipoint Soft PVC Configuration 7 67 Configuri...

Страница 10: ...nfiguration 7 90 Other Configuration Options for Snoop Test Port 7 91 Configuring Interface Snooping 7 91 Displaying Interface Snooping 7 91 Configuring Per Connection Snooping 7 92 Displaying Per Connection Snooping 7 93 Input Translation Table Management 7 95 Feature Overview 7 95 VC Block Allocation 7 96 Freeing an ITT Block 7 96 Growing an ITT Block 7 96 ITT Fragmentation 7 96 Benefits 7 96 Re...

Страница 11: ...playing the Service Category Limit Configuration Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 9 8 Configuring the ABR Congestion Notification Mode Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 9 8 Displaying the ABR Congestion Notification Mode Configuration Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 9 9 Configuring the Connection Traffic Table 9 10 CTT Supported Features Catalyst 8540 MSR 9 10 CTT Supported Featu...

Страница 12: ...ration 9 30 Configuring the ATM Default CDVT and MBS 9 31 Displaying the ATM CDVT and MBS Configuration 9 31 Configuring Interface Service Category Support 9 33 Displaying the Service Category on an Interface 9 34 Configuring SVC Policing by Service Category 9 35 Displaying the Service Category Policing on an Interface 9 36 Configuring Interface Overbooking 9 37 Displaying the Interface Overbookin...

Страница 13: ...NNI Hierarchy 11 9 Configuring an ATM Address and PNNI Node Level 11 9 Configuring Static Routes 11 11 Configuring a Summary Address 11 13 Configuring Scope Mapping 11 14 Configuring Higher Levels of the PNNI Hierarchy 11 16 Configuring a Logical Group Node and Peer Group Identifier 11 16 Configuring the Node Name 11 18 Configuring a Parent Node 11 19 Configuring the Node Election Leadership Prior...

Страница 14: ...ing Mobile PNNI Operational Details 11 56 Configuring a Limit for the ONHL 11 57 PNNI Connection Trace 11 57 Initiating a Connection Trace 11 58 Displaying the Connection Trace Output 11 61 Displaying PNNI Connection Trace Configuration 11 64 Deleting Connection Trace Requests 11 64 Designating PNNI Trace Boundaries 11 65 C H A P T E R 12 Using Access Control 12 1 Access Control Overview 12 1 Conf...

Страница 15: ...aying the Map List Interface Configuration 13 10 Policy Based Routing 13 11 Policy Based Routing Restrictions 13 11 Configuring IP Load Sharing 13 13 Configuring TCP Packet Load Sharing 13 13 Configuring Packet Load Sharing for all IP Traffic 13 13 C H A P T E R 14 Configuring LAN Emulation 14 1 LANE Functionality and Requirements 14 1 LANE Router and Switch Router Requirements 14 2 LANE Configura...

Страница 16: ...en Ring Example Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 14 28 Displaying the LECS Configuration on the ATM Switch Router 14 30 Displaying the LES Configuration on the ATM Switch Router 14 30 Default Configuration for a Token Ring ELAN with IP Source Routing Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 14 31 C H A P T E R 15 Configuring ATM Accounting RMON and SNMP 15 1 Configuring ATM Accounting 15 1 ATM...

Страница 17: ...m 15 19 Displaying the Generated RMON Alarms 15 19 Configuring SNMP 15 20 SNMP Overview 15 20 Configuring SNMP Server Hosts 15 21 Configuring SNMP Traps 15 21 Configuring Interface Index Persistence 15 23 SNMP Examples 15 23 Displaying the SNMP Configuration 15 23 C H A P T E R 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS 16 1 Tag Switching Overview 16 1 Hardware and Software Requirements and Restriction...

Страница 18: ...aining Additional MPLS Documentation 16 21 Hardware and Software Restrictions 16 22 MPLS Tag Switching Terminology 16 23 How MPLS Works 16 24 Distribution of Label Bindings 16 25 Summary Route Propagation 16 25 LFIB Table Look Up Process 16 26 MPLS Network Packet Transmission 16 27 Configuring Label Edge Routing 16 28 LER Software Limitations 16 29 MPLS Processing 16 30 Tag Switching Processing 16...

Страница 19: ...iases for CUG Interlock Codes 17 16 Configuring CUG on an Interface 17 16 Displaying the CUG 17 17 Displaying the Signalling Statistics 17 19 Disabling Signalling on an Interface 17 20 Multipoint to Point Funnel Signalling 17 20 Displaying Multipoint to Point Funnel Connections 17 20 C H A P T E R 18 Configuring Interfaces 18 1 Configuring 25 Mbps Interfaces Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 ...

Страница 20: ... without Autoconfiguration 18 15 Manual T1 and E1 Interface Configuration 18 16 Troubleshooting the Interface Configuration 18 17 C H A P T E R 19 Configuring Circuit Emulation Services 19 1 Overview of CES T1 E1 Interfaces 19 2 Clocking Options 19 2 Interfaces Supported 19 2 Connectors Supported 19 2 Functions Supported by CES Modules 19 2 Framing Formats and Line Coding Options for CES Modules 1...

Страница 21: ... Creating Multiple Structured Soft PVCs on the Same CES Port 19 38 Phase 1 Configuring the Destination Passive Side of Multiple Soft PVCs 19 40 Phase 2 Configuring the Source Active Side of Multiple Soft PVCs 19 41 Verifying the Creation of Multiple Structured Soft PVCs on the Same CES Port 19 42 Configuring T1 E1 CES SVCs 19 44 Configuring T1 E1 Unstructured CES SVCs 19 44 Phase 1 Configuring the...

Страница 22: ...ltipoint CES Soft PVC 19 74 Confirming VCC Deletion 19 75 Enabling and Disabling the Root of a Point to Multipoint CES Soft PVC 19 75 Enabling and Disabling a Leaf of a Point to Multipoint CES Soft PVC 19 76 Confirming the Party Leaf is Disabled or Enabled 19 76 Configuring the Retry Interval for Point to Multipoint CES Soft PVC Parties 19 78 C H A P T E R 20 Configuring Frame Relay to ATM Interwo...

Страница 23: ...SVC Connection Traffic Rows 20 21 Predefined Rows 20 21 Creating a Frame Relay to ATM CTT Row 20 21 Displaying the Frame Relay to ATM Connection Traffic Table 20 22 Configuring the Interface Resource Management Tasks 20 22 Displaying Frame Relay Interface Resources 20 23 Configuring Frame Relay to ATM Virtual Connections 20 23 Characteristics and Types of Virtual Connections 20 24 Configuring Fram...

Страница 24: ... PVCs 20 47 Configuring Overflow Queuing on Frame Relay to Frame Relay Soft PVCs 20 48 Displaying Overflow Queuing Configuration at the VC Level 20 49 C H A P T E R 21 Configuring IMA Port Adapter Interfaces 21 1 Overview of IMA 21 1 Configuring the T1 E1 IMA Port Adapter 21 3 Default T1 E1 IMA Interface Configuration 21 3 Configuring the T1 E1 IMA Interface 21 4 Displaying the T1 E1 IMA Interface...

Страница 25: ...ing QoS Scheduling at the Interface Level 22 5 Verifying the QoS Configuration 22 6 About IP QoS on the Enhanced Gigabit Ethernet and Enhanced ATM Router Module Interfaces 22 6 Packet Classification 22 7 Traffic Conditioning 22 8 Marking 22 8 Metering and Policing 22 8 Per Hop Behavior Definition 22 9 Queuing 22 9 Buffer Management 22 10 Scheduling 22 10 Congestion Control 22 11 Tail Drop 22 11 xR...

Страница 26: ...aximum Thresholds for VCs 23 6 Displaying Traffic Shaping Configurations 23 7 Traffic shaping Granularity Tables 23 9 C H A P T E R 24 Configuring Rate Limiting and Traffic Shaping 24 1 Rate Limiting 24 1 Features Supported 24 1 Restrictions 24 2 Configuring Rate Limiting 24 2 Traffic Shaping 24 2 Features 24 3 Restrictions 24 3 Configuring Traffic Shaping 24 3 Displaying the Configurations 24 4 C...

Страница 27: ... Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM 25 18 Multiprotocol Encapsulation over ATM Configuration Example 25 19 Configuring Classical IP over ATM in a PVC Environment 25 20 Configuring Classical IP over ATM in an SVC Environment 25 21 Configuring as an ATM ARP Client 25 21 NSAP Address Example 25 22 ESI Example 25 22 Configuring as an ATM ARP Server 25 23 Displaying the IP over ATM Interface Configur...

Страница 28: ...Functional Images 26 1 Configuring a Static IP Route 26 1 Understanding the Cisco IOS File System 26 2 File Systems and Memory Devices 26 3 File System Tasks 26 3 Maintaining System Images and Configuration Files 26 3 Modifying Downloading and Maintaining Configuration Files 26 4 Modifying Downloading and Maintaining System Images 26 4 Rebooting and Specifying Startup Information 26 4 Additional F...

Страница 29: ...Static Route on Switches T4 and T3 A 6 Adding a New Lowest Level of PNNI Hierarchy A 7 Switch T1 Initial Configuration A 9 Switch T2 Initial Configuration A 9 Switch T3 Initial Configuration A 9 Switch T4 Initial Configuration A 10 Switch T5 Initial Configuration A 10 Moving Switch T4 Down into a New Peer Group A 10 Moving Switch SanFran BldA T5 Down into an Existing Peer Group A 12 Restoring Auto...

Страница 30: ...Contents xxx ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL 7396 01 ...

Страница 31: ...m Supported Description Chapter or Section Configuring Point to Multipoint CES Soft PVC Connections Catalyst 8540 MSR Catalyst 8510 MSR LightStream 1010 Allows you to configure point to multipoint CES soft PVC connections Configuring Point to Multipoint CES Soft PVC Connections Enabling and Disabling Roots and Leaves of Point to Multipoint Soft PVC Connections Catalyst 8540 MSR Catalyst 8510 MSR L...

Страница 32: ...onfiguring Operation Administration and Maintenance Describes the OAM fault management and performance management functions of the ATM switch router Chapter 9 Configuring Resource Management Describes how to configure the management of switch interface and connection resources Chapter 10 Configuring ILMI Describes the Integrated Local Management Interface ILMI protocol implementation and configura...

Страница 33: ...rt adapter and interface module Chapter 19 Configuring Circuit Emulation Services Describes the steps to configure the Circuit Emulation Services port adapter modules Chapter 20 Configuring Frame Relay to ATM Interworking Port Adapter Interfaces Describes the steps to configure the Frame Relay to ATM interworking port adapter modules Chapter 21 Configuring IMA Port Adapter Interfaces Describes the...

Страница 34: ...LightStream 1010 Hardware Information poster ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide ATM and Layer 3 Quick Software Configuration Guide Layer 3 Switching Software Feature and Configuration Guide ATM and Layer 3 Switch Router Command Reference Guide to ATM Technology Troubleshooting Guide Note The carrier modules are documented in the ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide Document Conventions...

Страница 35: ... from Cisco Systems Cisco com You can access the most current Cisco documentation at this URL http www cisco com univercd home home htm You can access the Cisco website at this URL http www cisco com You can access international Cisco websites at this URL http www cisco com public countries_languages shtml screen font Terminal sessions and information the system displays are in screen font boldfac...

Страница 36: ...sco Systems Attn Customer Document Ordering 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose CA 95134 9883 We appreciate your comments Obtaining Technical Assistance For all customers partners resellers and distributors who hold valid Cisco service contracts Cisco Technical Support provides 24 hour a day award winning technical assistance The Cisco Technical Support Website on Cisco com features extensive online su...

Страница 37: ...ontacts go to this URL http www cisco com techsupport contacts Definitions of Service Request Severity To ensure that all service requests are reported in a standard format Cisco has established severity definitions Severity 1 S1 Your network is down or there is a critical impact to your business operations You and Cisco will commit all necessary resources around the clock to resolve the situation...

Страница 38: ...guration examples customer case studies certification and training information and links to scores of in depth online resources You can access Packet magazine at this URL http www cisco com packet iQ Magazine is the quarterly publication from Cisco Systems designed to help growing companies learn how they can use technology to increase revenue streamline their business and expand services The publ...

Страница 39: ... LightStream 1010 Layer 3 Enabled ATM Switch Router Hardware Catalyst 8540 MSR The Layer 3 enabled ATM switch router uses a 13 slot modular chassis featuring dual fault tolerant load sharing AC or DC power supplies Slots 4 and 8 are occupied by the dual field replaceable route processors which perform central processing functions and provide redundancy The route processors can also accommodate the...

Страница 40: ...ules Full width 4 port OC 12 multimode short reach interface modules Full width 16 port OC 3 multimode short reach interface modules Full width ATM router modules Full width 2 port Fast Ethernet interface modules Full width 8 port Gigabit Ethernet interface modules Full width 16 port Fast Ethernet interface modules Full width Enhanced 2 port Gigabit Ethernet interface modules Full width 1 port POS...

Страница 41: ...ough 12 The examples in this guide assume that the ATM switch router is in its own chassis with the processor in slot number 2 and the port adapters in slot numbers 0 1 3 and 4 Processor and Feature Card Models Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 The Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 ATM switch routers are equipped with one of the following combinations of processor and feature card ASP B ...

Страница 42: ...ce CES port adapters 25 Mbps port adapters 8 port T1 E1 inverse multiplexing over ATM IMA port adapters Intelligent tail partial packet discard Supported Supported Selective cell marking and discard Multiple fixed thresholds Multiple weighted dynamic thresholds Shaping Per port pacing Per VC or per VP 128 shaped VP tunnels Policing UPC9 Dual mode single leaky bucket Dual leaky bucket Frame mode VC...

Страница 43: ...tream 1010 page 1 8 Network Clocking page 1 8 Management and Monitoring page 1 8 Available Network Management Applications page 1 9 Layer 3 Features page 1 10 System Availability Catalyst 8540 MSR The Catalyst 8540 MSR provides Enhanced High System Availability EHSA during hardware and software upgrades as well as fault resistance with the following features Dual power supplies Dual route processo...

Страница 44: ...and LightStream 1010 Up to 256 000 total virtual connections on the Catalyst 8540 MSR and up to 64 000 total virtual connections on the Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 VC and virtual path VP switching VP tunneling and VC merging The following virtual connection types Permanent virtual channel PVC connections Permanent virtual path PVP connections Soft permanent virtual channel soft PVC and ...

Страница 45: ...ol and traffic pacing Note Some newer port adapters do not support traffic pacing ABR with explicit forward congestion indication EFCI and relative rate RR marking Note Relative rate marking of ABR traffic is not supported on the Catalyst 8540 MSR Signalling and Routing The following signalling and routing features are supported User Network Interface UNI 3 0 3 1 and 4 0 Integrated Local Managemen...

Страница 46: ...ted LANs ELANs Cisco Simple Server Redundancy Protocol SSRP for LANE RFC 1577 classical IP over ATM and Address Resolution Protocol ARP server and client Tag switching for Open Shortest Path First OSPF routing of IP packets ATM Circuit Emulation Service CES as defined by ATM Forum CES 1 0 RFC 1483 multiprotocol encapsulation over ATM Network Clocking Any interface on the ATM switch router can be s...

Страница 47: ... for PVC PVPs 5 second peak interval transmit and receive cell counter for PVC PVPs only Online diagnostics tests that run in the background and monitor system hardware status Available Network Management Applications The CiscoWorks 2000 family of network management software provides tools for managing your ATM switch router CiscoWorks 2000 includes the following packages CWSI Resource Manager Ess...

Страница 48: ...TM switch router support the following Layer 3 features Bridging Integrated routing and bridging IRB IP fragmentation support IP multicast routing IP and IPX load balancing Routing protocol MIB support ISL trunking for routing and bridging Standard and extended ACL support for IP Standard ACL support for IPX Packet over SONET POS RFC 1619 PPP support POS RFC 1662 PPP ...

Страница 49: ...al different command modes each with related commands Users familiar with the Cisco IOS user interface will find the interfaces very similar This chapter describes how to access and list the commands available in each command mode and explains the primary uses for each command mode For security purposes the user interface provides two levels of command access user and privileged The unprivileged u...

Страница 50: ...e 2 1 and Table 2 2 list the command modes access to each mode the prompt you see while in that mode the main uses for each configuration mode and the method to exit that mode The prompts listed assume the default ATM switch router name Switch Table 2 1 and Table 2 2 might not include all of the possible ways to access or exit each command mode Table 2 1 Summary of Command Modes Command Mode Acces...

Страница 51: ...ileged EXEC mode use the end command or press Ctrl Z Map list configuration From global configuration mode define a map list with the map list command Switch config map list To exit to global configuration mode use the exit command To enter map class configuration mode use the map class command To exit directly to privileged EXEC mode use the end command or press Ctrl Z Map class configuration Fro...

Страница 52: ...nd To exit directly to privileged EXEC mode use the end command or press Ctrl Z ATM accounting selection configuration From global configuration mode define an ATM accounting selection table entry with the atm accounting selection command Switch config acct sel To exit to global configuration mode use the exit command To exit directly to privileged EXEC mode use the end command or press Ctrl Z LAN...

Страница 53: ...h cfg atmsig diag To exit to global configuration mode use the exit command To exit directly to privileged EXEC mode use the end command or press Ctrl Z Controller configuration From global configuration mode enter the controller command Switch config controller To exit to global configuration mode use the exit command To exit directly to privileged EXEC mode use the end command or press Ctrl Z Ta...

Страница 54: ... Monitor Mode ROM monitor mode provides access to a basic system kernel from which you can boot the ATM switch router or perform diagnostic tests If a valid system image is not found or if the configuration file is corrupted the system might enter ROM monitor mode The ROM monitor prompt is the angle bracket You can also enter ROM monitor mode by intentionally interrupting the boot sequence with th...

Страница 55: ...e ATM switch router s hostname followed by config if Switch config interface atm 3 0 0 Switch config if To exit interface configuration mode and return to global configuration mode use the exit command Switch config if exit Switch config To exit interface configuration mode and return to privileged EXEC mode use the end command or press Ctrl Z Switch config if end Switch Interface Addressing Forma...

Страница 56: ...s atm 2 0 0 and ethernet 2 0 0 are still supported in this release Interface Range Configuration Mode Interface range configuration mode provides access to commands that apply to a range of interfaces These commands modify the operation of an interface such as an ATM Ethernet or asynchronous port To enter interface range configuration mode from global configuration mode use the interface range com...

Страница 57: ...configuration mode use the exit command Switch config subif exit Switch config To exit interface configuration mode and return to privileged EXEC mode use the end command or press Ctrl Z Switch config subif end Switch Line Configuration Mode Catalyst 8540 MSR Line configuration mode on the Catalyst 8540 MSR provides access to commands that modify the operation of individual terminal lines These co...

Страница 58: ... line exit Switch config To exit line configuration mode and return to privileged EXEC mode use the end command or press Ctrl Z Switch config line end Switch Map List Configuration Mode Map list configuration mode provides access to commands used to statically map protocol addresses of remote hosts or switches to permanent virtual connections PVCs or switched virtual connections SVCs To enter map ...

Страница 59: ...lass configuration mode and return to global configuration mode use the exit command Switch config map class exit Switch config To exit map class configuration mode and return to privileged EXEC mode use the end command or press Ctrl Z Switch config map class end Switch ATM Router Configuration Mode ATM router configuration mode provides access to commands used to configure Private Network Network...

Страница 60: ...on configuring PNNI nodes see Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI PNNI Explicit Path Configuration Mode The PNNI explicit path configuration mode provides access to commands used to manually configure fully specified or partially specified paths for routing soft permanent virtual channel soft PVC and soft permanent virtual path soft PVP connections To enter the PNNI explicit path configura...

Страница 61: ...h config acct file exit Switch config To exit ATM accounting file configuration mode and return to privileged EXEC mode use the end command or press Ctrl Z Switch config acct file end Switch For detailed information on configuring ATM accounting see Chapter 15 Configuring ATM Accounting RMON and SNMP ATM Accounting Selection Configuration Mode ATM accounting selection configuration mode provides a...

Страница 62: ...configuration server database configuration mode and return to global configuration mode use the exit command Switch lane config database exit Switch config To exit LANE configuration server database configuration mode and return to privileged EXEC mode use the end command or press Ctrl Z Switch lane config database end Switch For detailed information on configuring the LAN emulation configuration...

Страница 63: ...n mode use the exit command Switch cfg atmsig diag exit Switch config To exit ATM signalling diagnostics configuration mode and return to privileged EXEC mode use the end command or press Ctrl Z Switch cfg atmsig diag end Switch For detailed information on configuring signalling diagnostics see the Configuring Signalling Diagnostics Tables section in Chapter 17 Configuring Signalling Features Cont...

Страница 64: ...iled information on configuring system redundancy see the Testing the Configuration section in Chapter 3 Initially Configuring the ATM Switch Router Main CPU Configuration Mode Catalyst 8540 MSR Main CPU configuration mode provides access to commands used to synchronize the configuration of the primary and secondary route processors To enter main CPU configuration mode from redundancy configuratio...

Страница 65: ...40 Catalyst 8510 and LightStream 1010 Embedded CiscoView uses HTTP and SNMP to provide graphical representations of the system and provide GUI based management and configuration facilities You can download the Java Archive JAR files for Embedded CiscoView at the following URL http www cisco com kobayashi sw center netmgmt ciscoview embed cview planner shtml Installing and Configuring Embedded Cisc...

Страница 66: ...r html 7 rw 17003 May 23 2001 14 27 55 cv Cat8500 4 0_jks jar 8 rw 17497 May 23 2001 14 27 57 cv Cat8500 4 0_nos jar 9 rw 8861 May 23 2001 14 27 59 cv applet html 10 rw 529 May 23 2001 14 28 00 cv cisco x509 11 rw 2523 May 23 2001 14 28 00 cv identitydb obj 16384000 bytes total 1287752 bytes free Switch delete slot0 cv Delete filename cv Delete slot0 cv Cat8500 1 0 html confirm Delete slot0 cv Cat...

Страница 67: ...e slot0 cv Cat8500 4 0_jks jar confirm Delete slot0 cv Cat8500 4 0_nos jar confirm Delete slot0 cv applet html confirm Delete slot0 cv cisco x509 confirm Delete slot0 cv identitydb obj confirm Switch squeeze sec slot0 All deleted files will be removed Continue confirm Squeeze operation may take a while Continue confirm Squeeze of sec slot0 complete Switch archive tar xtract tftp 20 1 1 1 ciscoview...

Страница 68: ...coView information 8510MSR show ciscoview package File source slot1 CVFILE SIZE in bytes Cat8500 4 0 sgz 1930848 Cat8500 4 0_ace html 3704 Cat8500 4 0_error html 401 Cat8500 4 0_jks jar 15312 Cat8500 4 0_nos jar 15936 cisco x509 529 identitydb obj 2523 applet html 8039 8510MSR show ciscoview version Engine Version 5 3 ADP Device Cat8500 ADP Version 4 0 ADK 38 Command Purpose show ciscoview package...

Страница 69: ...e commands mentioned in this chapter refer to the ATM Switch Router Command Reference publication This chapter includes the following sections Methods for Configuring the ATM Switch Router page 3 2 Configuration Prerequisites page 3 2 Configuring the BOOTP Server page 3 4 Configuring the ATM Address page 3 5 Modifying the Physical Layer Configuration of an ATM Interface page 3 6 Configuring the IP...

Страница 70: ...n configure your modem by setting the DIP switches on the modem or by connecting the modem to terminal equipment Refer to the user manual provided with your modem for the correct configuration information Note Because there are no hardware flow control signals available on the console port the console port terminal characteristics should match the modem settings Terminal Line Configuration Catalys...

Страница 71: ...se at FAR sec 52 227 19 and subparagraph c 1 ii of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS sec 252 227 7013 cisco Systems Inc 170 West Tasman Drive San Jose California 95134 1706 Cisco Internetwork Operating System Software IOS tm PNNI Software cat8540m WP M Version 12 0 4a W5 10 44 INTERIM TEST SOFTWARE Copyright c 1986 1999 by cisco Systems Inc Compiled Tue 17 Aug 99 0...

Страница 72: ...P address by adding the MAC and IP addresses of the Ethernet port to the BOOTP server configuration file When the switch boots it automatically retrieves the IP address from the BOOTP server The switch performs a BOOTP request only if the current IP address is set to 0 0 0 0 This is the default for a new switch or a switch that has had its startup config file cleared using the erase command To all...

Страница 73: ...n deleted Start of individual host entries Switch tc netcisco0 ha 0000 0ca7 ce00 ip 172 31 7 97 dross tc netcisco0 ha 00000c000139 ip 172 31 7 26 information deleted Configuring the ATM Address The ATM switch router ships with a preconfigured ATM address The Integrated Local Management Interface ILMI protocol uses the first 13 bytes of this address as the switch prefix that it registers with end s...

Страница 74: ...nge Synchronous Optical Network SONET mode of operation from Synchronous Time Stamp level 3c STS 3c mode to Synchronous Transfer Module level 1 STM 1 To change the configuration of the example interface perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Example The following example shows how to disable cell payload scrambling and STS stream scrambling and changes the SONET mode of...

Страница 75: ...defaults using the more system running config command Switch more system running config version XX X information deleted interface ATM0 0 0 no keepalive atm manual well known vc atm access group tod1 in atm pvc 0 35 rx cttr 3 tx cttr 3 interface ATM0 0 any vci encap qsaal sonet stm 1 no scrambling sts stream no scrambling cell payload information deleted Configuring the IP Interface IP addresses c...

Страница 76: ...ollowing steps beginning in global configuration mode Note Since release 12 0 1a W5 5b of the ATM switch software addressing the interface on the processor CPU has changed The ATM interface is now called atm 0 and the Ethernet interface is now called ethernet 0 The old formats atm 2 0 0 and ethernet 2 0 0 are still supported Example The following example shows how to configure interface ethernet 0...

Страница 77: ...eted interface Ethernet0 ip address 172 20 40 93 255 255 255 0 information deleted Testing the Ethernet Connection After you have configured the IP address es for the Ethernet interface test for connectivity between the switch and a host The host can reside anywhere in your network To test for Ethernet connectivity use the following EXEC command The following example show how to test the Ethernet ...

Страница 78: ...s Catalyst 8540 MSR To configure the network clocking priorities and sources use the following command in global configuration mode Note Specifying the keyword system with the network clock select command selects the route processor reference clock a stratum 4 clock source or the network clock module a stratum 3 clock source if present Table 3 1 Network Clocking Feature Summary Platform Up Down De...

Страница 79: ...ter a failure and takeover by the source with the next lowest priority Switch config network clock select revertive Configuring Network Clock Sources and Priorities Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 To configure the network clocking priorities and sources use the following command in global configuration mode Note Specifying the keyword system with the network clock select command selects the...

Страница 80: ...ved Displaying the Network Clocking Configuration To show the switch s network clocking configuration use the following privileged EXEC commands Examples The following example shows the configured network clock sources on a Catalyst 8510 MSR or LightStream 1010 Switch show network clocks clock configuration is NON Revertive Priority 1 clock source ATM1 0 0 Priority 2 clock source ATM1 1 0 Priority...

Страница 81: ...n Switch more system running config information deleted network clock select revertive network clock select 1 ATM0 0 0 information deleted Configuring Network Clocking with NCDP The Network Clock Distribution Protocol NCDP provides a means by which a network can synchronize automatically to a primary reference source PRS To do so NCDP constructs and maintains a spanning network clock distribution ...

Страница 82: ...mple Figure 3 1 shows a network of six ATM switch routers with clocking derived from a stratum 3 PRS Node A is configured to receive priority 1 clocking on two of its ports while node B is configured to receive priority 2 clocking on one of its ports Figure 3 1 Network Configuration for NCDP Priority 1 Stratum 3 C D E A B F Priority 2 Stratum 3 PRS source 23985 ...

Страница 83: ...urce priority and stratum on node A in Figure 3 1 Switch config ncdp source 1 atm 1 0 0 3 Switch config ncdp source 1 atm 3 0 0 3 Configuring Optional NCDP Global Parameters Optional NCDP parameters you can configure at the global level include the maximum number of hops between any two nodes revertive behavior and the values of the NCDP timers To change any of these parameters from their defaults...

Страница 84: ...ertive Nonrevertive prevents a failed source from being selected again Example The following example shows setting the maximum number of hops to 11 and enabling revertive behavior Switch config ncdp max diameter 11 Switch config ncdp revertive Configuring Optional NCDP Per Interface Parameters On a per interface basis you can enable or disable NCDP specify the cost metric associated with the port ...

Страница 85: ...t 0 max age 5 hello time 500 priority of best source 1 stratum level of best source 4 prs id of best source 255 switch stratum level 4 address 4700918100000000E0F75D040100E0F75D040100 switch max age 5 switch hello time 500 switch hold time 500 max diameter 5 converged root count 359375 converged 1 total timer events 687271 total queue events 0 rx config messages 0 tx config messages 363716 rx tcn ...

Страница 86: ...outes for IISP or PNNI describes modifications that can be made to the default PNNI or Interim Interswitch Signalling Protocol IISP routing configurations For routing protocol configuration information refer to Chapter 10 Configuring ILMI and Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Configuring ATM Static Routes for IISP or PNNI Static route configuration allows ATM call setup requests to be fo...

Страница 87: ...Fri Oct 17 1999 Configuring Online Diagnostics Catalyst 8540 MSR Online and insertion diagnostics detect and report hardware failures in the Catalyst 8540 MSR during system bootup and operation The online diagnostics on the Catalyst 8540 MSR provide the following types of tests Access tests between the route processor and the switch processors feature cards port adapters and interface modules Onli...

Страница 88: ...ates an SNMP trap and brings the port to an administrative down state Note The size of the packet used in the test is configurable The OIR tests support all ATM port adapters all ATM interface modules all ATM router modules and all Layer 3 interface modules except the 8 port Gigabit Ethernet Snake Test Catalyst 8540 MSR The snake test detects and reports port to port connectivity failures The snak...

Страница 89: ...he following EXEC command Command Purpose diag online Enables all of the online diagnostic tests diag online access Enables only the access diagnostic test diag online access freq seconds Configures the frequency of the access diagnostic tests The default frequency is every 10 seconds diag online oir Enables only the OIR test diag online oir pktsize bytes Specifies the packet size for the OIR test...

Страница 90: ...00 0 01 8T1 IMA PAM 300 OIR_SUCCESS 00 00 41 PIF 00 0 02 8T1 IMA PAM 300 OIR_SUCCESS 00 00 41 PIF 00 0 03 8T1 IMA PAM 300 OIR_SUCCESS 00 00 41 PIF 00 1 00 8E1 IMA PAM 300 OIR_SUCCESS 00 00 41 PIF 00 1 01 8E1 IMA PAM 300 OIR_SUCCESS 00 00 46 PIF 00 1 02 8E1 IMA PAM 300 OIR_SUCCESS 00 00 41 PIF 00 1 03 8E1 IMA PAM 300 OIR_SUCCESS 00 00 46 PIF 03 0 00 ETHERNET PA 1000 OIR_SUCCESS 00 01 54 PIF 03 0 01...

Страница 91: ... __________ _________ 09 0 00 OC48c PAM PORT_OK 1w1d 10 0 00 QUAD 622 Generic PORT_OK 1w1d 11 0 00 OC48c PAM PORT_OK 1w1d 12 0 00 QUAD 622 Generic PORT_OK 1w1d Ports Failed Stat from Bootup No Port failed from Bootup Configuring SNMP and RMON SNMP is an application layer protocol that allows an SNMP manager such a network management system NMS and an SNMP agent on the managed device to communicate...

Страница 92: ...ing Power on Diagnostics page 3 26 Confirming the Ethernet Configuration page 3 28 Confirming the ATM Address page 3 28 Testing the Ethernet Connection page 3 29 Confirming the ATM Connections page 3 29 Confirming the ATM Interface Configuration page 3 30 Confirming the Interface Status page 3 30 Confirming Virtual Channel Connections page 3 31 Confirming the Running Configuration page 3 32 Confir...

Страница 93: ... Address MAC Size RMA RMA Number MFG Date C8540 2 6315484 00902156D800 1024 0 0 Mar 23 1999 cubi version F Power Supply Slot Part No Rev Serial No RMA No Hw Vrs Power Consumption 0 34 0829 02 A000 APQ0225000R 00 00 00 00 1 0 2746 cA See the Displaying the Switch Processor EHSA Configuration Catalyst 8540 MSR page 5 13 for an example of the show capability command Confirming the Hardware Configurat...

Страница 94: ... 3 interface s 8 ATM network interface s 507K bytes of non volatile configuration memory 16384K bytes of Flash PCMCIA card at slot 0 Sector size 128K 8192K bytes of Flash internal SIMM Sector size 256K Configuration register is 0x0 Confirming Power on Diagnostics Power on diagnostics test the basic hardware functionality of the system when it is power cycled when it is reloaded with a new version ...

Страница 95: ...C Switch Access Accordian Access LUT ITT OPT OTT STK LNK ATTR Queue Cell Memory FC PFQ Access RST REG IVC IFILL OVC OFILL TEST CELL SNAKE RATE MCAST SCHED TGRP UPC ABR RSTQ Access Interrupt Loopback CPU MCast Port MCast FC MCast FC TMCC Test Status Ports 0 1 2 3 PAM 0 0 IMA8T1 NN NN NN NN Port 4 to 7 NN NN NN NN PAM 0 1 IMA8E1 NN NN NN NN Port 4 to 7 NN NN NN NN PAM 1 0 FR4CE1 NN NN NN NN PAM 1 1 ...

Страница 96: ... underruns 0 output errors 0 collisions 2 interface resets 0 babbles 0 late collision 0 deferred 0 lost carrier 0 no carrier 0 output buffer failures 0 output buffers swapped out Confirming the ATM Address Use the show atm addresses command to confirm correct configuration of the ATM address for the ATM switch router Switch show atm addresses Switch Address es 47 009181000000000100000001 000100000...

Страница 97: ... switch receives a response the following message displays Switch ping ip 172 20 40 201 Type escape sequence to abort Sending 5 100 byte ICMP Echos to 172 20 40 201 timeout is 2 seconds Success rate is 100 percent 5 5 round trip min avg max 1 202 1000 ms Confirming the ATM Connections Use the ping atm interface command to confirm that the ATM connections are configured correctly Switch ping atm in...

Страница 98: ...output rate 1000 bits sec 2 cells sec Input AAL5 pkts 171788 Output AAL5 pkts 174718 AAL5 crc errors 0 Confirming the Interface Status Use the show atm status command to confirm the status of ATM interfaces Switch show atm status NUMBER OF INSTALLED CONNECTIONS P2P Point to Point P2MP Point to MultiPoint Type PVCs SoftPVCs SVCs PVPs SoftPVPs SVPs Total P2P 30 0 0 1 1 0 32 P2MP 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 TOTAL ...

Страница 99: ... 1 0 16 ILMI UP ATM0 0 42 PVC ATM3 1 2 0 16 ILMI UP ATM0 0 43 PVC ATM3 1 3 0 16 ILMI UP information deleted Use the show atm vc interface card subcard port command to confirm the status of ATM virtual channels on a specific interface Switch show atm vc interface atm 3 0 0 Interface VPI VCI Type X Interface X VPI X VCI Encap Status ATM3 0 0 0 5 PVC ATM0 0 56 QSAAL UP ATM3 0 0 0 16 PVC ATM0 0 36 ILM...

Страница 100: ...y VBR RT Realtime Variable Bit Rate Tx pcr clp01 424 Tx scr clp01 424 Tx mcr clp01 none Tx cdvt none Tx mbs 50 Confirming the Running Configuration Use the more system running config command to confirm that the current configuration is correct Switch more system running config version XX X no service pad no service password encryption hostname Switch information deleted interface Ethernet0 ip addr...

Страница 101: ...correct Switch more nvram startup config version XX X no service pad no service password encryption hostname Switch information deleted interface Ethernet0 ip address 172 20 52 11 255 255 255 224 no ip directed broadcast interface ATM E0 no ip address no ip directed broadcast interface Async1 no ip address no ip directed broadcast hold queue 10 in logging buffered 4096 debugging line con 0 exec ti...

Страница 102: ...3 34 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL 7396 01 Chapter 3 Initially Configuring the ATM Switch Router Testing the Configuration ...

Страница 103: ...Privilege Level page 4 9 Configuring the Network Time Protocol page 4 10 Configuring the Clock and Calendar page 4 13 Configuring TACACS page 4 14 Configuring RADIUS page 4 16 Configuring Secure Shell page 4 19 Testing the System Management Functions page 4 23 System Management Tasks The role of the administration interface is to provide a simple command line interface to all internal management a...

Страница 104: ...o them For a complete description of configuration tasks and commands used to set up your lines modems and terminal settings refer to the Dial Solutions Configuration Guide and Dial Solutions Command Reference publications Configuring Alias You can create aliases for commonly used or complex commands Use word substitutions or abbreviations to tailor command syntax For detailed instructions on perf...

Страница 105: ...onfig cdp holdtime seconds Specifies the hold time in seconds to be sent in packets Step 2 Switch config cdp timer seconds Specifies how often your ATM switch router will send CDP updates Step 3 Switch config cdp run Enables CDP Command Purpose Step 1 Switch clear cdp counters Clears CDP counters Step 2 Switch clear cdp table Clears CDP tables Command Purpose show cdp Displays global CDP informati...

Страница 106: ...nfigures the enable password Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config interface atm ethernet 0 Switch config if Selects the route processor interface to be configured Step 2 Switch config if load interval seconds Configures the load interval Command Purpose logging host Configures the logging name or IP address of the host to be used as a syslog server logging buffered level size Logs messages to an i...

Страница 107: ...e line logging on Controls logging of error messages use the logging on global configuration command This command enables or disables message logging to all destinations except the console terminal The no logging on command enables logging to the console terminal only logging trap level Limits messages logged to the syslog servers based on severity use the logging trap global configuration command...

Страница 108: ...ment Configures alignment correction and logging service compress config Compresses the configuration file service config Loads config TFTP files service disable ip fast frag Disables IP particle based fast fragmentation service exec callback Enables EXEC callback service exec wait Configures a delay of the start up of the EXEC on noisy lines service finger Allows Finger protocol requests defined ...

Страница 109: ...ample ECHO Command Purpose Command Purpose snmp server chassis id text Provides a message line identifying the SNMP server serial number snmp server community string view view name ro rw number Configures the SNMP community access string snmp server contact text Configures the system contact syscontact string snmp server enable Enables SNMP traps or informs snmp server host name IP address traps i...

Страница 110: ...Configures username based authentication system at login username name password secret Configures username based CHAP authentication system at login username name autocommand command Configures username based authentication system at login with an additional command to be added username name nohangup Configures username based authentication system at login and prevents Cisco IOS from disconnecting...

Страница 111: ...mmand To display your current level of privilege use the following privileged EXEC command Configuring Privilege Level Line To set the default privilege level for a line perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode To display your current level of privilege use the following privileged EXEC command Command Purpose privilege mode level number command type Sets the privilege le...

Страница 112: ...peer server Configure NTP server source Configure interface for source address trusted key Key numbers for trusted time sources update calendar Periodically update calendar with NTP time To control access to the system NTP services use the following global configuration command To enable NTP authentication perform the following steps in global configuration mode To specify that a specific interfac...

Страница 113: ...e following global configuration command To allow the ATM switch router system clock to be synchronized by a time server use the following global configuration command To use a particular source address in NTP packets use the following global configuration command Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config interface type card subcard port Switch config if Selects the physical interface to be configured ...

Страница 114: ...P associations use the following privileged EXEC commands Examples The following example displays detail NTP configuration Switch show ntp associations detail 198 92 30 32 configured our_master sane valid stratum 3 ref ID 171 69 2 81 time B6C04E67 6E779000 18 18 15 431 UTC Thu Feb 27 1997 our mode client peer mode server our poll intvl 128 peer poll intvl 128 root delay 109 51 msec root disp 377 3...

Страница 115: ...o manually set the system clock Configuring the Clock To configure read and set the ATM switch router as a time source for a network based on its calendar perform the following steps in global configuration mode To manually read and set the calendar into the ATM switch router system clock perform the following steps in privileged EXEC mode To display the system clock information use the following ...

Страница 116: ...ion of the supported versions follows Table 4 1 compares the versions by commands TACACS Provides password checking authentication and notification of user actions for security and accounting purposes Extended TACACS Provides information about protocol translator and ATM switch router use This information is used in UNIX auditing trails and accounting files Note The extended TACACS software is ava...

Страница 117: ...tion local override X aaa authentication ppp X aaa authorization X aaa new model X arap authentication X arap use tacacs X X enable last resort X X enable use tacacs X X login authentication X login tacacs X X ppp authentication X X X ppp use tacacs X X X tacacs server attempts X X X tacacs server authenticate X X tacacs server extended X tacacs server host X X X tacacs server key X tacacs server ...

Страница 118: ...ring RADIUS RADIUS is a distributed client server system that secures networks against unauthorized access RADIUS clients run on ATM switch routers and send authentication requests to a central RADIUS server that contains all user authentication and network service access information RADIUS is a fully open protocol distributed in source code format that can be modified to work with any security sy...

Страница 119: ...n Configuring RADIUS Authorization Refer to the Configuring Authorization chapter in the Cisco IOS Security Configuration Guide for details about RADIUS authorization configuration tasks such as the following Configuring named method lists Configuring authorization attribute value pairs Configuring RADIUS Servers Refer to the Configuring RADIUS chapter in the Cisco IOS Security Configuration Guide...

Страница 120: ...e than one host entry associated with a single IP address simply repeat this command as many times as necessary making sure that each UDP port number is different Set the timeout retransmit and encryption key values to use with the specific RADIUS host Note The optional key keyword specifies a text string that must match the encryption key used on the RADIUS server Always configure the key as the ...

Страница 121: ...ovides That is lower layer encryption for example IPSEC Internet Protocol SECurity and application security for example username and password authentication at the remote host You can configure SSH Secure Shell which is an application which runs on top of a reliable transport layer such as TCP IP and provides strong authentication and encryption capabilities Secure Shell allows you to login onto a...

Страница 122: ... 1 Secure Shell Example Network To configure SSH on the ATM switch router perform the following steps in global EXEC mode Example The following example shows how to configure the SSH client and start the SSH server Cat8540 config hostname Cat8540 Cat8540 config ip domain name cisco com Cat8540 config crypto key generate rsa The following example shows how to configure SSH server version 2 Solaris ...

Страница 123: ... v 2 m hmac md5 128 c aes128 cbc o numberofpasswordprompts 4 Router2 show ip route Codes C connected S static I IGRP R RIP M mobile B BGP D EIGRP EX EIGRP external O OSPF IA OSPF inter area N1 OSPF NSSA external type 1 N2 OSPF NSSA external type 2 E1 OSPF external type 1 E2 OSPF external type 2 E EGP i IS IS L1 IS IS level 1 L2 IS IS level 2 ia IS IS inter area candidate default U per user static ...

Страница 124: ...using the disconnect ssh command Cat8540 disconnect ssh 0 Connection to 10 13 1 98 closed by foreign host Cat8540 The following example is sample output from the show ip ssh privileged EXEC command when the SSH server is enabled Switch show ip ssh SSH Enabled version 1 5 Authentication timeout 120 secs Authentication retries 3 The following example is sample output from the show ip ssh privileged ...

Страница 125: ...XEC command The show stacks display includes the reason for the last system reboot If the system was reloaded because of a system failure a saved system stack trace is displayed This information is of use only to Cisco engineers analyzing crashes in the field It is included here in case you need to read the displayed statistics to an engineer over the phone Command Purpose show processes Displays ...

Страница 126: ...rivileged EXEC command Checking Basic Connectivity Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 To diagnose basic ATM network connectivity on the Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 ATM switch routers use the following privileged EXEC command Command Purpose traceroute protocol destination Displays packets through the network Command Purpose show environment Displays temperature and voltage informati...

Страница 127: ...5 13 Storing the Configuration page 5 14 Route Processor Redundant Operation Catalyst 8540 MSR The Catalyst 8540 MSR supports fault tolerance by allowing a secondary route processor to take over if the primary fails This secondary or redundant route processor runs in standby mode In standby mode the secondary route processor is partially booted with the Cisco IOS software however no configuration ...

Страница 128: ...ssor is removed or swapped When a route processor functioning as primary is removed the secondary takes over The Catalyst 8540 MSR is now nonredundant until a second route processor is inserted The primary route processor is rebooted When a route processor functioning as primary is rebooted the secondary takes over The primary route processor fails The secondary route processor takes over as prima...

Страница 129: ...toboot a default setting If these requirements are met the Catalyst 8540 MSR runs in redundant mode by default The tasks described in the following sections are optional and used only to change nondefault values Forcing a Route Processor Switchover Catalyst 8540 MSR You can manually force the secondary route processor to take over as the primary using the redundancy force failover main cpu Catalys...

Страница 130: ... have not changed the default configuration register setting which is set to autoboot by default the secondary route processor formerly the primary completes the boot process from standby mode If you have changed the default configuration register value you can change it back to autoboot and ensure that the correct system image is used at startup by performing the following steps beginning in glob...

Страница 131: ...606CE000 ROM System Bootstrap Version XX XXX X X WX X BLD JAGUAR120 4 0 9 E Switch uptime is 3 weeks 5 days 23 hours 30 minutes System restarted by bus error at PC 0x6007EF24 address 0xFC System image file is bootflash cat8540m wp mz XXX X X WX X XX cisco C8540MSR R5000 processor with 65536K 256K bytes of memory R5000 processor Implementation 35 Revision X X 512KB Level 2 Cache Last reset from pow...

Страница 132: ...le all VC interface and signaling counter values are synchronized from the primary to secondary route processors Switch redundancy manual sync counters Synchronizing the Configurations During Switchover Catalyst 8540 MSR To synchronize the configurations used by the two route processors during a switchover perform the following steps on the primary route processor beginning in global configuration...

Страница 133: ...ation the dynamic information about transit SVCs plus transit and endpoint soft PVCs both point to point and point to multipoint during a route processor switchover perform the following steps on the primary route processor beginning in global configuration mode Step 4 Switch config r mc end Switch Returns to privileged EXEC mode Step 5 Switch copy system running config nvram startup config Forces...

Страница 134: ...ated periodically The difference depends on the frequency of the updates Step 5 Switch config r mc end Switch Returns to privileged EXEC mode Step 6 Switch copy system running config nvram startup config Copies the configuration to NVRAM 1 The sync dynamic info command is enabled by default Command Purpose Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config redundancy Switch config r Enters redundancy configurat...

Страница 135: ...The following example shows the route processor redundancy configuration Switch show redundancy This CPU is the PRIMARY Primary Slot 4 CPU Uptime 25 minutes ILMI sysUpTime 25 minutes Image PNNI Software cat8540m WP M Experimental Version 12 1 20030605 120716 mumahesh counters 5june 163 Time Since Last Running Config Sync 21 minutes Last Startup Config Sync 21 minutes Module Syncs are ENABLED Init ...

Страница 136: ... the reload command to force the route processor to ROM monitor mode but the automatic reboot would occur and you would interrupt switch traffic Caution If you fail to prepare the secondary route processor for removal the traffic through the switch could be interrupted To change the secondary route processor to ROM monitor mode and eliminate the automatic reboot prior to removal perform the follow...

Страница 137: ... 611f8540 S6 611e3740 S7 61363710 T8 47d1 T9 618189d8 K0 61612634 K1 600b7e30 GP 61177fa0 SP 61818da8 S8 611e3740 RA 600a81b8 STATUS 34008702 mdlo_hi 0 mdlo 0 mdhi_hi 0 mdhi 0 bvaddr_hi ffffffff bvaddr_lo ffffffff cause 20 epc_hi 0 epc 600b62e0 err_epc_hi 0 err_epc 200004 TIGER Masked Interrupt Register 0x0000007f TIGER Interrupt Value Register 0x00000020 monitor command boot Ø ÒagZç rommon 3 Conf...

Страница 138: ...he preferred switch processors are configured to be in slots 5 and 7 with the slot 6 switch processor running in standby mode Switch redundancy preferred switch card slots 5 7 The preferred switch cards selected are already active Note The preferred switch card slot configuration reverts to the default configuration when the switch is power cycled Displaying the Preferred Switch Processor Redundan...

Страница 139: ...n 4 0 Netclk Module present flag 16 NCLK hw version 3 1 NCLK func version 8 0 Printing the parameters for Switch card 0 SWC0 HW version 7 2 SWC0 Functional version 1 2 SWC0 Table memory size 0 MB SWC0 Feat Card Present Flag 0 SWC0 Feat Card HW version 0 0 SWC0 Feat Card Functional version 0 0 Printing the parameters for Switch card 1 SWC1 HW version 0 0 SWC1 Functional version 0 0 SWC1 Table memor...

Страница 140: ...Functional Version 4 0 Storing the Configuration When autoconfiguration and any manual configurations are complete you should copy the configuration into nonvolatile random access memory NVRAM If you should power off your ATM switch router prior to saving the configuration in NVRAM all manual configuration changes are lost To save the running configuration to NVRAM use the following command in pri...

Страница 141: ...r refer to the ATM Switch Router Command Reference publication The network configuration tasks described in this chapter are used to explicitly change your ATM switch router operation from the defaults which are suitable for most networks The following sections are included Disabling Autoconfiguration page 6 1 Configuring UNI Interfaces page 6 3 Configuring NNI Interfaces page 6 4 Configuring IISP...

Страница 142: ... UP Admin Status up Auto config disabled AutoCfgState not applicable IF Side Network IF type NNI Uni type not applicable Uni version not applicable Max VPI bits 8 Max VCI bits 14 Max VP 255 Max VC 16383 ConfMaxSvpcVpi 255 CurrMaxSvpcVpi 255 ConfMaxSvccVpi 255 CurrMaxSvccVpi 255 ConfMinSvccVci 35 CurrMinSvccVci 35 Svc Upc Intent pass Signalling Enabled ATM Address for Soft VC 47 0091 8100 0000 00e0...

Страница 143: ...t Switch HB 1 config if atm uni side user type private version 4 0 Switch HB 1 config if ATM 5 ATMSOFTSTART Restarting ATM signalling and ILMI on ATM0 1 0 Displaying the UNI Interface Configuration To show the UNI configuration for an ATM interface use the following EXEC command Example The following example shows the ATM interface 0 1 0 UNI configuration Switch HB 1 show atm interface atm 0 1 0 I...

Страница 144: ...itch HB 1 config if atm nni Switch HB 1 config if ATM 5 ATMSOFTSTART Restarting ATM signalling and ILMI on ATM3 0 0 Displaying the NNI Interface Configuration To show the NNI configuration for an ATM interface use the following EXEC command Example The following example shows the configuration of the NNI interface ATM 3 0 0 on the ATM switch router 1 HB 1 located in the headquarters building Switc...

Страница 145: ... less than or equal to eight bits on a different interface The VCs can be restored from No HW RESOURCES state by toggling the interface state using the shutdown and no shutdown commands When you need a 12 bit VPI range greater than 255 change the maximum VPI bits configuration Perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Note 12 bit VPI support is only available on ATM NNI in...

Страница 146: ... Status DOWN Admin Status down Auto config enabled AutoCfgState waiting for response from peer IF Side Network IF type UNI Uni type Private Uni version V3 0 Max VPI bits 8 Max VCI bits 14 Max VP 255 Max VC 16383 ConfMaxSvpcVpi 100 CurrMaxSvpcVpi 100 ConfMaxSvccVpi 100 CurrMaxSvccVpi 100 ConfMinSvccVci 60 CurrMinSvccVci 60 Svc Upc Intent pass Signalling Enabled ATM Address for Soft VC 47 0091 8100 ...

Страница 147: ...nterface atm 3 0 0 Switch SB 1 config if no atm auto configuration Switch SB 1 config if ATM 6 ILMINOAUTOCFG ILMI ATM3 0 0 Auto configuration is disabled current interface parameters will be used at next interface restart Switch SB 1 config if atm iisp side user Switch SB 1 config if ATM 5 ATMSOFTSTART Restarting ATM signalling and ILMI on ATM3 0 0 Switch SB 1 config if exit Switch SB 1 config atm...

Страница 148: ... not applicable Uni version V3 0 Max VPI bits 8 Max VCI bits 14 Max VP 255 Max VC 16383 ConfMaxSvpcVpi 255 CurrMaxSvpcVpi 255 ConfMaxSvccVpi 255 CurrMaxSvccVpi 255 ConfMinSvccVci 35 CurrMinSvccVci 35 Svc Upc Intent pass Signalling Enabled ATM Address for Soft VC 47 0091 8100 0000 00e0 4fac b401 4000 0c80 8000 00 Configured virtual links PVCLs SoftVCLs SVCLs TVCLs PVPLs SoftVPLs SVPLs Total Cfgd In...

Страница 149: ...s page 7 2 Configuring Virtual Channel Connections page 7 2 Configuring Terminating PVC Connections page 7 8 Configuring PVP Connections page 7 10 Configuring Point to Multipoint PVC Connections page 7 14 Configuring Point to Multipoint PVP Connections page 7 17 Configuring Soft PVC Connections page 7 19 Configuring Soft PVP Connections page 7 26 Configuring the Soft PVP or Soft PVC Route Optimiza...

Страница 150: ...n switches either directly or through VP tunnels Internal connections shown by the dotted line in the switch These connections are also sometimes called cross connections or cross connects The common endpoint between an internal connection and a link occurs at the switch interface The endpoint of the internal connection is also referred to as a connection leg or half leg A cross connect connects t...

Страница 151: ... MSR and LightStream 1010 with FC PFQ For more information on scheduling see Scheduling Output in the Guide to ATM Technology Note The sched option is only available on OC 48c interfaces Each OC 48c interface has four OC 12 schedulers The sched variable is used to select the specific OC 12 scheduler for which the virtual circuit is assigned for output on an interface and is therefore a number betw...

Страница 152: ...ns using one command This is the preferred method but it is also possible to configure each leg separately then connect them with the atm pvc vpi vci interface atm card subcard port vpi vci command This alternative method requires more steps but might be convenient if each leg has many additional configuration parameters or if you have configured individual legs with SNMP commands and you want to ...

Страница 153: ...cVci 35 CurrMinSvccVci 35 Svc Upc Intent pass Signalling Enabled ATM Address for Soft VC 47 0091 8100 0000 00e0 4fac b401 4000 0c80 8000 00 Configured virtual links PVCLs SoftVCLs SVCLs TVCLs PVPLs SoftVPLs SVPLs Total Cfgd Inst Conns 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 2 Logical ports VP tunnels 0 Input cells 264330 Output cells 273471 5 minute input rate 0 bits sec 0 cells sec 5 minute output rate 0 bits sec 0 cell...

Страница 154: ... OAM configuration disabled Cross connect OAM state Not applicable Threshold Group 5 Cells queued 0 Rx cells 0 Tx cells 0 Tx Clp0 0 Tx Clp1 0 Rx Clp0 0 Rx Clp1 0 Rx Upc Violations 0 Rx cell drops 0 Rx Clp0 q full drops 0 Rx Clp1 qthresh drops 0 Rx connection traffic table index 1 Rx service category UBR Unspecified Bit Rate Rx pcr clp01 7113539 Rx scr clp01 none Rx mcr clp01 none Rx cdvt 1024 from...

Страница 155: ...terface atm 3 0 0 Interface VPI VCI Type X Interface X VPI X VCI Encap Status ATM3 0 0 0 5 PVC ATM2 0 0 0 77 QSAAL UP ATM3 0 0 0 16 PVC ATM2 0 0 0 55 ILMI UP ATM3 0 0 0 18 PVC ATM2 0 0 0 152 PNNI UP ATM3 0 0 0 34 PVC ATM2 0 0 0 151 NCDP UP ATM3 0 0 20 200 PVC ATM1 1 1 10 100 DOWN Switch configure terminal Switch config interface atm 3 0 0 Switch config if no atm pvc 20 200 Switch config if end Swi...

Страница 156: ... and terminating connections Figure 7 2 Terminating PVC Types Point to point and point to multipoint are two types of terminating connections Both terminating connections are configured using the same commands as transit connections discussed in the previous sections However all switch terminating connections use interface atm0 to connect to the route processor Note Since release 12 0 1a W5 5b of ...

Страница 157: ...interfaces Each OC 48c interface has four OC 12 schedulers The sched variable is used to select the specific OC 12 scheduler for which the virtual circuit is assigned for output on an interface and is therefore a number between 1 and 4 Examples The following example shows how to configure the internal cross connect PVC between interface ATM 3 0 1 VPI 1 VCI 50 and the terminating connection at the ...

Страница 158: ...command See Displaying VCCs page 7 4 for examples of the show atm vc commands Configuring PVP Connections This section describes configuring a permanent virtual path PVP connection Figure 7 3 shows an example of PVPs configured through the ATM switch routers Figure 7 3 Virtual Path Connection Example To configure a PVP connection perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode C...

Страница 159: ... only available on OC 48c interfaces Each OC 48c interface has four OC 12 schedulers The sched variable is used to select the specific OC 12 scheduler for which the virtual circuit is assigned for output on an interface and is therefore a number between 1 and 4 Examples The following example shows how to configure the internal cross connect PVP within Switch B between interfaces 4 0 0 VPI 30 and i...

Страница 160: ...ameter Control UPC pass Wrr weight 2 Number of OAM configured connections 0 OAM configuration disabled OAM states Not applicable Cross connect interface ATM1 1 1 Type oc3suni Cross connect VPI 45 Cross connect UPC pass Cross connect OAM configuration disabled Cross connect OAM state Not applicable Threshold Group 5 Cells queued 0 Rx cells 0 Tx cells 0 Tx Clp0 0 Tx Clp1 0 Rx Clp0 0 Rx Clp1 0 Rx Upc...

Страница 161: ...g the PVP Example The following example shows how to confirm that the PVP is deleted from the interface Switch show atm vp Interface VPI Type X InterfaceX VPI Status ATM1 1 0 113 PVP TUNNEL ATM1 1 0 200 PVP ATM1 1 1100 DOWN ATM1 1 1 1 PVP SHAPED TUNNEL ATM1 1 1 100 PVP ATM1 1 0200 DOWN Switch configure terminal Switch config interface atm 1 1 0 Switch config if no atm pvp 200 Switch config if end ...

Страница 162: ...hown in Figure 7 4 perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode To configure the point to multipoint PVC connections using the atm pvc command the root point is port A and the leaf points are port B Note The row index for rx cttr and tx cttr must be configured before using this optional parameter See Chapter 9 Configuring Resource Management H6297 UNI or NNI ATM network IF 0 ...

Страница 163: ...the leaf point interfaces see Figure 7 4 Switch config interface atm 0 0 0 Switch config if atm pvc 50 100 cast type p2mp root interface atm 0 1 0 60 200 cast type p2mp leaf Switch config if atm pvc 50 100 cast type p2mp root interface atm 0 1 1 70 210 cast type p2mp leaf Switch config if atm pvc 50 100 cast type p2mp root interface atm 0 1 2 80 220 cast type p2mp leaf Displaying Point to Multipoi...

Страница 164: ...nnect interface ATM0 1 0 Type oc3suni Cross connect VPI 60 Cross connect VCI 200 Cross connect UPC pass Cross connect OAM configuration disabled Cross connect OAM state Not applicable Cross connect interface ATM0 1 1 Cross connect VPI 70 Cross connect VCI 210 Cross connect interface ATM0 1 2 Cross connect VPI 80 Cross connect VCI 220 Threshold Group 5 Cells queued 0 Rx cells 0 Tx cells 0 Tx Clp0 0...

Страница 165: ...tions using the atm pvp command the root point is port A and the leaf points are port B Note The row index for rx cttr and tx cttr must be configured before using this optional parameter See Chapter 9 Configuring Resource Management Examples The following example shows how to configure the root point PVP on ATM switch router interface ATM 4 0 0 VPI 50 to the leaf point interfaces ATM 1 1 1 VPI 60 ...

Страница 166: ...M interface configuration use the following EXEC command Examples The following example shows the PVP configuration of the point to multipoint PVP connections on ATM interface 4 0 0 Switch show atm vp interface atm 4 0 0 Interface VPI Type X Interface X VPI Status ATM4 0 0 50 PVP ATM1 1 1 60 UP ATM3 0 0 70 UP ATM3 0 3 80 UP Command Purpose show atm vp interface atm card subcard port vpi Shows the ...

Страница 167: ...onnect VPI 70 Cross connect interface ATM3 0 3 Cross connect VPI 80 Threshold Group 5 Cells queued 0 Rx cells 0 Tx cells 0 Tx Clp0 0 Tx Clp1 0 Rx Clp0 0 Rx Clp1 0 Rx Upc Violations 0 Rx cell drops 0 Rx Clp0 q full drops 0 Rx Clp1 qthresh drops 0 Rx connection traffic table index 1 Rx service category UBR Unspecified Bit Rate Rx pcr clp01 7113539 Rx scr clp01 none Rx mcr clp01 none Rx cdvt 1024 fro...

Страница 168: ...ng the show atm vc command Step 5 Configure the source active end of the soft PVC At the same time complete the soft PVC setup using the information derived from Step 3 and Step 4 Be sure to select an unused VPI VCI value one that does not appear in the show atm vc display Note To ensure that the soft PVCs are preserved during a route processor switchover you must configure the switch to synchroni...

Страница 169: ...01 4000 0c80 9020 00 ATM1 1 2 Information deleted The following example shows how to configure a soft PVC on Switch B between interface ATM 0 0 2 source VPI 0 VCI 1000 and Switch C destination VPI 0 VCI 1000 with a specified ATM address see Figure 7 6 Switch B config interface atm 0 0 2 Switch B config if atm soft vc 0 1000 dest address 47 0091 8100 0000 00e0 4fac b401 4000 0c80 9010 00 0 1000 Ste...

Страница 170: ... ATM0 0 2 0 34 PVC ATM0 0 51 NCDP UP ATM0 0 2 0 35 SVC ATM0 0 2 0 1000 UP ATM0 0 2 0 1000 SoftVC ATM0 0 2 0 35 UP The following example shows the soft PVC configuration of Switch C on interface ATM 1 1 1 out to the ATM network Switch C show atm vc interface atm 1 1 1 Interface VPI VCI Type X Interface X VPI X VCI Encap Status ATM1 1 1 0 5 PVC ATM2 0 0 0 74 QSAAL UP ATM1 1 1 0 16 PVC ATM2 0 0 0 44 ...

Страница 171: ...t 10080 TIME STAMPS Current Slot 2 Outgoing Setup May 25 10 38 50 718 Incoming Connect May 25 10 38 50 762 Packet discard option disabled Usage Parameter Control UPC pass Wrr weight 2 Number of OAM configured connections 0 OAM configuration disabled OAM states Not applicable Cross connect interface ATM0 0 2 Type oc3suni Cross connect VPI 0 Cross connect VCI 35 Cross connect UPC pass Cross connect ...

Страница 172: ...mple modifies the CTTR indexes for an existing soft PVC Switch config interface atm 1 1 1 Switch config if atm soft vc 25 48 rx cttr 102 tx cttr 102 Switch config if end Switch Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config interface atm card subcard port Selects the interface being configured Step 2 Switch config if atm soft vc source vpi source vci rx cttr index tx cttr index pd off on use cttr Specifies ...

Страница 173: ...Aggregate admin weight 5040 TIME STAMPS Current Slot 0 Outgoing Setup December 11 02 05 43 535 Incoming Connect December 11 02 05 43 555 Outgoing Release December 11 02 07 34 891 Incoming Rel comp December 11 02 07 34 891 Packet discard option enabled Usage Parameter Control UPC pass Wrr weight Not applicable Number of OAM configured connections 60 OAM configuration disabled OAM states Not applica...

Страница 174: ...none off The following example specifies the CTTR index and specifies the PD use the PD option specified in the CTTR index Switch config interface atm 0 0 3 Switch config if atm soft vc 8 990 rx cttr 444 tx cttr 444 pd use cttr Configuring Soft PVP Connections This section describes configuring soft permanent virtual path PVP connections which provide the following features Connection to another h...

Страница 175: ...ft PVP Connections To display the ATM soft PVP configuration use the following EXEC command Examples The following example shows the soft PVP configuration at Switch B on interface ATM 0 0 2 out to the ATM network Switch B show atm vp Interface VPI Type X Interface X VPI Status ATM0 0 2 1 SVP ATM0 0 2 75 UP ATM0 0 2 75 SoftVP ATM0 0 2 1 UP Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config interface atm card su...

Страница 176: ...1 4000 0c80 9010 00 Remote VPI 75 Soft vp call state Active Number of soft vp re try attempts 0 First retry interval 5000 milliseconds Maximum retry interval 60000 milliseconds Aggregate admin weight 10080 TIME STAMPS Current Slot 2 Outgoing Setup May 26 09 45 30 292 Incoming Connect May 26 09 45 30 320 information deleted Modifying CTTR Indexes on an Existing Soft PVP To change the CTTR indexes o...

Страница 177: ...is similar to hop count For a description of administrative weight see Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI Configuring soft PVP or soft PVC route optimization is described in the following sections Enabling Soft PVP or Soft PVC Route Optimization page 7 29 Configuring a Soft PVP PVC Interface with Route Optimization page 7 29 For overview information about the route optimization feature re...

Страница 178: ...tatus up Auto config enabled AutoCfgState completed IF Side Network IF type NNI Uni type not applicable Uni version not applicable ConfMaxVpiBits 8 CurrMaxVpiBits 8 ConfMaxVciBits 14 CurrMaxVciBits 14 Max VP 255 Max VC 16383 ConfMaxSvpcVpi 255 CurrMaxSvpcVpi 255 ConfMaxSvccVpi 255 CurrMaxSvccVpi 255 ConfMinSvccVci 35 CurrMinSvccVci 35 Svc Upc Intent pass Signalling Enabled Soft vc route optimizati...

Страница 179: ... explicit paths new_york path1 and new_york path2 If both explicit paths fail the ATM switch router uses PNNI on demand routing to calculate the route dallas_1 config interface atm 0 0 0 dallas_1 config atm soft vc 0 201 dest address 47 0091 8100 0000 1061 3e7b 2f99 4000 0c80 0030 00 0 101 explicit path 1 name new_york path1 explicit path 2 name new_york path2 Changing Explicit Paths for an Existi...

Страница 180: ...nes using the redo explicit keyword on the second line even if it is originally configured using a single command line Displaying Explicit Path for Soft PVC Connections To display a soft PVC connection successfully routed over an explicit path use the following EXEC command Command Purpose show atm vc interface atm card subcard port vpi vci Displays the soft PVC connection status including the PNN...

Страница 181: ...oing Setup February 26 17 02 45 948 Incoming Connect February 26 17 02 46 000 Outgoing Setup February 23 11 54 17 587 Incoming Release February 23 11 54 17 591 Outgoing Setup February 23 11 54 37 591 Incoming Release February 23 11 54 37 611 Outgoing Setup February 23 11 55 17 611 Incoming Connect February 23 11 55 17 655 Explicit path 1 result 6 PNNI_DEST_UNREACHABLE new_york path2 Explicit path ...

Страница 182: ...the qualifying signaled VCs are checked to see if they have allocated guaranteed bandwidth If signaled VCs have allocated guaranteed bandwidth they are released on a priority basis until either the bandwidth allocated is less than that available or there are no guaranteed bandwidth signaled VCs Note A signaled VC must have allocated bandwidth in order to be released by priority Therefore simple UB...

Страница 183: ...nection and an ATM connection use the following command Step 2 Switch config if end Switches to EXEC command mode Step 3 Switch show atm vc interface atm card subcard port vpi vci Displays the soft PVC configuration information including the holding priority Command Purpose Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config if atm soft vp vpi vci dest address nsap vpi hold priority priority Creates a soft PVP w...

Страница 184: ...connections use the following command To display a soft PVC with priority use the following command Command Purpose Switch config if frame relay soft vc dlci dest address nsap dlci dlci hold priority priority Configures a soft PVC with priority between two Frame Relay connections Command Purpose Switch show atm vp interface atm card subcard port vpi vci Displays the a soft PVC with priority config...

Страница 185: ...e VCI 104 Soft vc call state Active Number of soft vc re try attempts 0 First retry interval 5000 milliseconds Maximum retry interval 60000 milliseconds Aggregate admin weight 5040 TIME STAMPS Current Slot 2 Outgoing Setup August 24 15 50 04 531 Incoming Connect August 24 15 50 04 575 Packet discard option disabled Usage Parameter Control UPC pass Wrr weight 2 Number of OAM configured connections ...

Страница 186: ... two ended soft PVC feature with the following parameters Packet discard A connection traffic table row associated with the half leg Usage Parameter Control The passive leg is used provided the traffic parameters of the leg match with the incoming connection setup request and the leg is in a Not Connected state If the passive leg is not pre configured the default values are used when creating the ...

Страница 187: ...art time end time Optional Used to configure the access control filter set parameter in on the passive destination side of the soft VC Step 2 Switch C config interface atm card subcard port Switch C config if Selects the interface on the terminating switch being configured Step 3 Switch C config if atm soft vc dest vpi dest vci passive pd pd upc upc rx cttr index tx cttr index access control src a...

Страница 188: ...config if end Switch C Command Purpose Step 1 Switch C config atm filter set name index number permit deny template time of day anytime start time end time Optional Used to configure the access control filter set parameter on the passive destination side of the soft VP Step 2 Switch C config interface atm card subcard port Switch C config if Selects the interface on the terminating switch being co...

Страница 189: ...e Parameter Control UPC pass Wrr weight 2 Number of OAM configured connections 0 OAM configuration disabled OAM states Not applicable Cross connect interface ATM4 0 3 Type oc3suni Cross connect VPI 0 Cross connect VCI 50 Cross connect UPC pass Cross connect OAM configuration disabled Cross connect OAM state Not applicable Threshold Group 5 Cells queued 0 Rx cells 0 Tx cells 0 Tx Clp0 0 Tx Clp1 0 R...

Страница 190: ...arameter Control UPC pass Wrr weight 2 Number of OAM configured connections 0 OAM configuration disabled OAM states Not applicable Threshold Group 5 Cells queued 0 Rx cells 0 Tx cells 0 Tx Clp0 0 Tx Clp1 0 Rx Clp0 0 Rx Clp1 0 Rx Upc Violations 0 Rx cell drops 0 Rx Clp0 q full drops 0 Rx Clp1 qthresh drops 0 Rx connection traffic table index 1 Rx service category UBR Unspecified Bit Rate Rx pcr clp...

Страница 191: ...ft vc 1 60 passive access control src address 47 0091 8100 0000 0010 073c 0101 4000 0c80 9030 00 Switch C config if end Switch C On Switch B create a two ended soft PVC on the source switch that uses the passive half leg on the terminating switch Switch B config interface atm 3 0 1 Switch B config if atm soft vc 0 50 dest address 47 0091 8100 0000 0001 4204 d801 4000 0c85 8000 00 1 60 Command Purp...

Страница 192: ...lp0 0 Tx Clp1 0 Rx Clp0 0 Rx Clp1 0 Rx Upc Violations 0 Rx cell drops 0 Rx Clp0 q full drops 0 Rx Clp1 qthresh drops 0 Rx connection traffic table index 1 Rx service category UBR Unspecified Bit Rate Rx pcr clp01 7113539 Rx scr clp01 none Rx mcr clp01 none Rx cdvt 1024 from default for interface Rx mbs none Tx connection traffic table index 1 Tx service category UBR Unspecified Bit Rate Tx pcr clp...

Страница 193: ...nnection type SoftVC Cast type point to point Passive half leg Soft vc location Destination Remote ATM address default Remote VPI 0 Remote VCI 50 Access control Filter set fset1 Soft vc call state Active Packet discard option disabled Usage Parameter Control UPC pass Wrr weight 2 Number of OAM configured connections 0 OAM configuration disabled OAM states Not applicable Threshold Group 5 Cells que...

Страница 194: ... passive half leg on the terminating switch Switch B config interface atm 3 0 1 Switch B config if atm soft vc 0 50 dest address 47 0091 8100 0000 0001 4204 d801 4000 0c85 8000 00 1 60 Using a filter set with time of day filters The following example shows the configuration of the two ended soft PVC shown in Figure 7 8 with access control configured using a filter set with a time of day filter con...

Страница 195: ...dress 47 0091 8100 0000 0050 e209 8001 4000 0c82 0030 00 60 Command Purpose Step 1 Switch C config atm filter set name index number permit deny template time of day anytime start time end time Optional Used to configure the access control filter set parameter on the passive destination side of the soft VP Step 2 Switch C config interface atm card subcard port Switch C config if Selects the interfa...

Страница 196: ...ps 0 Rx Clp0 q full drops 0 Rx Clp1 qthresh drops 0 Rx connection traffic table index 1 Rx service category UBR Unspecified Bit Rate Rx pcr clp01 7113539 Rx scr clp01 none Rx mcr clp01 none Rx cdvt 1024 from default for interface Rx mbs none Tx connection traffic table index 1 Tx service category UBR Unspecified Bit Rate Tx pcr clp01 7113539 Tx scr clp01 none Tx mcr clp01 none Tx cdvt none Tx mbs ...

Страница 197: ...Unspecified Bit Rate Rx pcr clp01 7113539 Rx scr clp01 none Rx mcr clp01 none Rx cdvt 1024 from default for interface Rx mbs none Tx connection traffic table index 1 Tx service category UBR Unspecified Bit Rate Tx pcr clp01 7113539 Tx scr clp01 none Tx mcr clp01 none Tx cdvt none Tx mbs none Switch C Using a filter set with multiple NSAP addresses The following example shows the configuration of t...

Страница 198: ...the source switch that uses the passive half leg on the terminating switch Switch B config interface atm 3 0 1 Switch B config if atm soft vc 50 dest address 47 0091 8100 0000 0001 4204 d801 4000 0c85 8000 00 60 Configuring Timer Rules Based Soft PVC and Soft PVP Connections The timer rules based soft PVC and soft PVP feature allows you to configure a timer rule to set up or tear down a soft PVC o...

Страница 199: ...h mm date month year duration hh mm end hh mm date month year periodic daily weekday weekend day of the week hh mm duration hh mm to hh mm day of the week rx cttr index tx cttr index Creates a timer rule to specify the setup or teardown time for a soft PVC based on the timer values configured Step 2 Switch config atm timer group name Switch config timer grp Creates and specifies the name of an ATM...

Страница 200: ...rm the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config atm timer rule name absolute start hh mm date month year duration hh mm end hh mm date month year periodic daily weekday weekend day of the week hh mm duration hh mm to hh mm day of the week rx cttr index tx cttr index Creates a timer rule to specify the setup or teardown time for a soft PVC based on...

Страница 201: ...0 0c80 0020 00 110 timer group timerGrp1 Displaying the Timer Rules Based Soft PVC and Soft PVP Configuration To display the timer rules based soft PVC and soft PVP configuration use the following EXEC commands Example The following example is sample output from the show atm timer rule command Switch show atm timer rule atm timer rule rule1 periodic friday 10 00 to friday 10 30 rx cttr 10 tx cttr ...

Страница 202: ...20 00 Remote VPI 10 Remote VCI 100 Soft vc call state Active Number of soft vc re try attempts 0 First retry interval 5000 milliseconds Maximum retry interval 60000 milliseconds Aggregate admin weight 0 Timer group Group1 The following example displays the sample output from the show atm vp for the timer rule based soft vp connection Switch sh atm vp interface ATM2 0 1 100 Interface ATM2 0 1 Type ...

Страница 203: ...ng the redundant soft PVC and soft PVP destinations uses the number of calls received as the parameter to decide which interface to select How Redundant Soft VC Destinations Work This section describes how the redundant soft VC destinations work in the following two possible configurations Redundant Soft VC Destinations on the Same Switch page 7 55 Redundant Soft VC Destinations on Different Switc...

Страница 204: ...nternal prefix Note To display the PNNI precedence configuration use the show atm pnni precedence command If the only entry in the ATM route table for the NSAP address 19 byte prefix appears as exterior the call is routed to the switch that advertised the exterior prefix Following are details of how the prefixes of ATM NSAP addresses of the active and standby interfaces are advertised through PNNI...

Страница 205: ...estinations configured shows the following Group name TEST 2 NSAP address 47 0091 8100 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 00 Redundant standby interface ATM 2 0 3 Switch A show atm soft redundancy group Group Name TEST 2 Nsap Address 47 0091 8100 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 00 Operating Mode Active Standby Configured Active Interface Configured Standby Interface ATM2 0 3 Status Up For examp...

Страница 206: ...PNNI internal prefix has higher precedence than an exterior prefix Whenever the switch needs to route a soft PVC or soft PVP for a particular NSAP address associated using the soft redundancy group command and if there are two entries of same prefix one is internal and the other is exterior the switch routes the call to the node that advertises the internal prefix Note To display the PNNI preceden...

Страница 207: ...1 1111 1111 1111 00 DSLAM C8540 1 C8540 2 atm1 1 0 atm 1 1 0 atm 1 1 0 active 47 0091 8100 0000 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 00 atm 1 1 0 standby 47 0091 8100 0000 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 00 ATM PNNI network 113167 Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config atm soft redundancy group group name Switch atmsoft red Configures a soft VC redundancy group and changes to ATM soft VC redundant configurat...

Страница 208: ...ne per line End with CNTL Z C8540 1 config atm soft redundancy group backup_vc C8540 1 atmsoft red load balance C8540 1 atmsoft red nsap address 47 0091 8100 0000 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 00 C8540 1 atmsoft red exit C8540 1 config interface atm 1 1 0 C8540 1 config if atm soft redundancy member backup_vc active C8540 1 config if end C8540 1 The following example shows the configuration of the...

Страница 209: ...3333 3333 00 Operating Mode Active Standby Configured Active Interface ATM0 0 1 Status Down Configured Standby Interface Group Name group3 Nsap Address 11 2233 4455 6677 8c11 1111 1111 4000 0c80 0000 00 Operating Mode Load Balance Interface Name Status Number of VCs Number of VPs 1 ATM0 0 1 Up 1500 0 2 ATM0 0 3 Up 1500 0 Group Name group4 Nsap Address 12 2233 4455 6677 8c11 1111 1111 4000 0c80 000...

Страница 210: ...0a0 f209 b601 3000 0c88 1080 00 ATM0 0 1 A 47 0091 8100 0000 00a0 f209 b601 3333 3333 3333 00 ATM0 0 1 A 11 2233 4455 6677 8c11 1111 1111 4000 0c80 0000 00 ATM0 0 1 ATM0 0 3 LB 12 2233 4455 6677 8c11 1111 1111 4000 0c80 0000 00 13 2233 4455 6677 8c11 1111 1111 4000 0c80 0000 00 ATM0 1 ima0 ATM0 0 0 LB A Active Interface S Standby Interface LB Load Balance mode Soft VC Address es for Frame Relay In...

Страница 211: ...455 6677 8c11 1111 1111 4000 0c80 0000 00 13 2233 4455 6677 8c11 1111 1111 4000 0c80 0000 00 ATM0 1 ima0 ATM0 0 0 LB Information Deleted Configuring Point to Multipoint Soft PVC Connections This section describes configuring point to multipoint soft permanent virtual channel PVC connections which provide the following features Connection to multiple hosts or ATM switch routers that support point t...

Страница 212: ...nection would be the Soft PVC destinations and the root would be the source Step 3 Retrieve the ATM addresses of the destination end of the soft PVC using the show atm address command Step 4 Retrieve the VPI VCI values for the circuit using the show atm vc command Step 5 Configure the source active end of the soft PVC At the same time complete the point to multipoint soft PVC setup using the infor...

Страница 213: ...tion mode from the terminal Step 3 Switch config interface atm card subcard port Switch config if Selects the interface to be configured Step 4 Switch config if atm soft vc source vpi source vci p2mp Switch atmsoft p2mp Changes to point to multipoint configuration mode and specifies the source VPI and source VCI Step 5 Switch atmsoft p2mp party leaf reference ref number Switch atmsoft p2mp party C...

Страница 214: ...91 8100 0000 0090 2156 d801 4000 0c88 0060 00 ATM0 0 6 47 0091 8100 0000 0090 2156 d801 4000 0c88 0070 00 ATM0 0 7 47 0091 8100 0000 0090 2156 d801 4000 0c88 0080 00 ATM0 0 ima0 47 0091 8100 0000 0090 2156 d801 4000 0c80 1000 00 ATM0 1 0 47 0091 8100 0000 0090 2156 d801 4000 0c80 1010 00 ATM0 1 1 47 0091 8100 0000 0090 2156 d801 4000 0c80 1020 00 ATM0 1 2 Information deleted Step 2 At the source s...

Страница 215: ...point to multipoint soft PVC configuration at either end of an ATM switch router use the following EXEC commands Examples The following example shows the point to multipoint soft PVC configuration of Source on interface ATM 0 0 2 out to the ATM network Source show atm soft vc p2mp interface atm 0 0 1 50 100 Interface ATM0 0 1 Type oc3suni VPI 50 VCI 100 Connection type SoftVC Cast type point to mu...

Страница 216: ... OAM states Not applicable Threshold Group 5 Cells queued 0 Rx cells 0 Tx cells 0 Tx Clp0 0 Tx Clp1 0 Rx Clp0 0 Rx Clp1 0 Rx Upc Violations 0 Rx cell drops 0 Rx Clp0 q full drops 0 Rx Clp1 qthresh drops 0 Rx connection traffic table index 1 Rx service category UBR Unspecified Bit Rate Rx pcr clp01 7113539 Rx scr clp01 none Rx mcr clp01 none Rx cdvt 1024 from default for interface Rx mbs none Tx co...

Страница 217: ...itch atmsoft p2mp upc drop The following example configures CTTR connection traffic table row receive and transmit indexes on the point to multipoint soft PVC connection Switch atmsoft p2mp cttr rx 3 tx 64000 Enabling and Disabling the Root of a Point to Multipoint Soft PVC Connections To enable or disable the root of a point to multipoint Soft PVC connection perform the following steps beginning ...

Страница 218: ...n configured on an ATM interface Switch config terminal Enter configuration commands one per line End with CNTL Z Source config interface atm 1 0 2 Source config if atm soft vc 10 100 p2mp Source atmsoft p2mp party leaf reference 20 disable Source atmsoft p2mp party Note After disabling a party leaf the CLI changes from point to multipoint configuration mode to point to multipoint party configurat...

Страница 219: ...6bb4 c501 4000 0c81 8000 00 10 101 end Notice the word disabled appears following the party leaf reference number for party leaf reference 20 disabled in the previous section Note The word enabled does not appears following the party leaf reference number for party leaf reference 30 that was not disabled Enabled is the default state The following example shows how to confirm that the party leaf of...

Страница 220: ...ch config if atm soft vc 50 100 p2mp Switch atmsoft p2mp party leaf reference 2 Switch atmsoft p2mp party retry interval first 200 maximum 300 Deleting a Point to Multipoint Soft PVC This section describes how to delete a point to multipoint soft PVC configured on an interface To remove the whole point to multipoint soft PVC connection perform the following steps beginning in global configuration ...

Страница 221: ...leted from the interface Source show atm soft vc p2mp interface atm 0 0 1 50 100 Connection does not exist Source The following example shows how to confirm that an individual leaf of the point to multipoint soft PVCs has been deleted from the interface Source show atm soft vc p2mp interface atm 0 0 1 50 100 Interface ATM0 0 1 Type oc3suni VPI 50 VCI 100 Connection type SoftVC Cast type point to m...

Страница 222: ...swap VC values between two types of well known VCs When you configure well known VCs on physical interfaces using the CBR service category the VC scheduling on the external interface is the same as the CBR VC configuration This means that the VCs are allocated the bandwidth specified and are limited to that same bandwidth shaped Note The connection from an external interface to the route processor...

Страница 223: ...atm command to display the configuration of the existing default well known VCs for ATM interface 0 0 0 Step 2 Change to interface configuration mode for ATM interface 0 0 0 Step 3 Enter manual well known vc mode and delete the existing default well known VCs using the atm manual well known vc delete command Step 4 Confirm deletion by entering y Step 5 Configure the nondefault VC for signalling fr...

Страница 224: ... CONFIG_I Configured from console by console Switch show atm vc interface atm 0 0 0 Interface VPI VCI Type X Interface X VPI X VCI Encap Status ATM0 0 0 1 35 PVC ATM0 0 150 QSAAL UP Switch copy system running config nvram startup config Building configuration OK Configuring a VPI VCI Range for SVPs and SVCs You can configure a virtual path identifier virtual channel identifier VPI VCI range for sw...

Страница 225: ... the following steps beginning in global configuration mode The following example shows configuring ATM interface 0 0 0 with the SVPC and SVCC VPI maximum set to 100 and SVCC VCI minimum set to 60 Switch config interface atm 0 0 0 Switch config if atm svpc vpi max 100 Switch config if atm svcc vpi max 100 Switch config if atm svcc vci min 60 Displaying the VPI VCI Range Configuration To confirm th...

Страница 226: ...ccVci 60 Svc Upc Intent pass Signalling Enabled ATM Address for Soft VC 47 0091 8100 0000 0040 0b0a 2a81 4000 0c80 0000 00 Configured virtual links PVCLs SoftVCLs SVCLs TVCLs PVPLs SoftVPLs SVPLs Total Cfgd Inst Conns 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 Logical ports VP tunnels 0 Input cells 0 Output cells 0 5 minute input rate 0 bits sec 0 cells sec 5 minute output rate 0 bits sec 0 cells sec Input AAL5 pkts 0 Out...

Страница 227: ...single service category or you can configure a VP tunnel to carry multiple service categories including merged VCs Figure 7 12 shows a public UNI interface over a DS3 connection between the ATM switch router HB 1 in the Headquarters building and the ATM switch router SB 1 in the Remote Sales building To support signalling across this connection a VP tunnel must be configured Figure 7 12 Public VP ...

Страница 228: ...tm pvp 99 Switch HB 1 config if exit Switch HB 1 config interface atm 1 0 0 99 Switch HB 1 config subif end Switch HB 1 Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config atm connection traffic table row index row index vbr rt vbr nrt pcr pcr_value scr0 scr10 scr_value mbs mbs_value cdvt cdvt_value cbr pcr pcr_value cdvt cdvt_value abr pcr pcr_value mcr mcr_value cdvt cdvt_value ubr pcr pcr_value mcr mcr_value ...

Страница 229: ...e category with rate limited tunnel output on a switch A shaped VP tunnel is configured as a VP of the CBR service category By default this tunnel can carry VCs only of the CBR service category However you can configure this VP tunnel to carry VCs of other service categories The overall output of this VP tunnel is rate limited by hardware to the peak cell rate PCR of the tunnel Note Shaped VP tunn...

Страница 230: ...modules because CBR scheduling is not supported on those interfaces Configuring a Shaped VP Tunnel on an Interface To configure a shaped VP tunnel perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Note The rx cttr and tx cttr row indexes must be configured before they are used Example The following example shows how to configure a shaped VP tunnel with a VPI of 99 as ATM interface...

Страница 231: ...erarchical VP tunnels are supported only on systems with the FC PFQ feature card Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 While capable of carrying any traffic category a hierarchical VP tunnel is itself defined as CBR with a PCR The following limitations apply on the Catalyst 8540 MSR Hierarchical VP tunnels can be defined only on interfaces in slots 0 2 9 and 11 For carrier module port adapters in...

Страница 232: ... router modules or Ethernet interface modules inserted into the slot pair do not function If hierarchical scheduling is disabled for a slot pair ATM port adapters or interface modules inserted into the slot pair do not support hierarchical VP tunnels and any hierarchical VP tunnels configured for the slot pair do not function Hierarchical VP tunnels support interface overbooking For configuration ...

Страница 233: ... Configuration To display the hierarchical VP tunnel interface configuration use the following EXEC command Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config atm connection traffic table row index row index cbr pcr rate Configures the connection traffic table row for the desired PVP CBR cell rate Step 2 Switch config interface atm card subcard port Switch config if Selects the physical interface to be configur...

Страница 234: ... any PVC connection must match the VP tunnel number of the tunnel For single service category VP tunnels the service class specified by the connection traffic table row CTTR of any PVC connections must match the service category for the row s selected for the tunnel PVP for simple VP tunnels or the configured service category for shaped VP tunnels This restriction does not apply to VP tunnels conf...

Страница 235: ...sages to identify the corresponding user information flow The connection identifier IE contains the VPCI and VCI Note By default the VPCI is the same as the VPI on the ATM switch router This feature can also be used to support connections over a virtual UNI To configure a VP tunnel connection signalling VPCI perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Example The following e...

Страница 236: ... 1 config no interface atm 1 0 0 99 Switch HB 1 config interface atm 1 0 0 Switch HB 1 config if no atm pvp 99 Confirming VP Tunnel Deletion To confirm the ATM virtual interface deletion use the following EXEC command Command Purpose more system running config Shows the VP tunnel subinterface configuration Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config no interface atm card subcard port vpt Deletes the subi...

Страница 237: ...d virtual links PVCLs SoftVCLs SVCLs TVCLs PVPLs SoftVPLs SVPLs Total Cfgd Inst Conns 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 3 Logical ports VP tunnels 0 Input cells 263843 Output cells 273010 5 minute input rate 0 bits sec 0 cells sec 5 minute output rate 0 bits sec 0 cells sec Input AAL5 pkts 172265 Output AAL5 pkts 176838 AAL5 crc errors 0 Configuring Interface and Connection Snooping Snooping allows the cells from a...

Страница 238: ...t can be monitored by snooping Shutting Down Test Port for Snoop Mode Configuration The port being configured as a test port must be shut down before configuration While the test port is shut down and after snoop mode has been configured no cells are transmitted from the test port until it is reenabled using the no shutdown command A test port can be put into snoop mode even if there are existing ...

Страница 239: ...ion You should ensure that all options are valid and configured correctly while in the snoop mode Configuring Interface Snooping The atm snoop interface atm command enables a snoop test port Cells transmitted from the snoop test port are copies of cells from a single direction of a monitored port When in snoop mode any prior permanent virtual connections to the snoop test port remain in the down s...

Страница 240: ...ase of failure due to VPI VCI collision or resource exhaustion a warning message is displayed and you can reconfigure the connection on a different port To snoop both transmit and receive directions of a connection you need to configure two different snoop connections Note Per connection snooping is available only with the switch processor feature card Nondisruptive per connection snooping is achi...

Страница 241: ...us ATM0 0 2 0 5 PVC ATM0 1 1 0 5 Rx DOWN ATM0 0 2 0 16 PVC ATM0 1 1 0 16 Rx DOWN ATM0 1 2 0 5 PVC ATM0 0 1 0 5 Tx DOWN ATM0 1 2 0 16 PVC ATM0 0 1 0 16 Tx DOWN ATM0 1 2 0 18 PVC ATM0 0 1 0 18 Tx UP ATM0 1 2 0 100 PVC ATM0 0 1 0 100 Tx DOWN ATM0 1 2 0 201 PVC ATM0 0 1 0 201 Tx DOWN ATM0 1 2 0 202 PVC ATM0 0 1 0 202 Tx DOWN ATM0 1 2 0 300 PVC ATM0 0 1 0 300 Tx DOWN ATM0 1 2 0 301 PVC ATM0 0 1 0 301 T...

Страница 242: ...e oc3suni Cross connect VPI 0 Cross connect VCI 5 Cross connect UPC pass Cross connect OAM configuration disabled Cross connect OAM state Not applicable Threshold Group 6 Cells queued 0 Rx cells 0 Tx cells 0 Tx Clp0 0 Tx Clp1 0 Rx Clp0 0 Rx Clp1 0 Rx Upc Violations 0 Rx cell drops 0 Rx Clp0 q full drops 0 Rx Clp1 qthresh drops 0 Rx connection traffic table index 3 Rx service category VBR RT Realti...

Страница 243: ...esh drops 0 Rx connection traffic table index 1 Rx service category UBR Unspecified Bit Rate Rx pcr clp01 7113539 Rx scr clp01 none Rx mcr clp01 none Rx cdvt 1024 from default for interface Rx mbs none Tx connection traffic table index 1 Tx service category UBR Unspecified Bit Rate Tx pcr clp01 7113539 Tx scr clp01 none Tx mcr clp01 none Tx cdvt none Tx mbs none Input Translation Table Management ...

Страница 244: ...ions that are not installed in hardware shutting down an interface releases all ITT blocks allocated for input from that interface Freeing an ITT Block When an ITT block is freed an attempt is made to combine it with a same size ITT block already in the free pool thereby resulting in a block of a size qualifying for the next largest category on the free chain list This process attempting to combin...

Страница 245: ...TT block used by the VPI Whether or not interfaces are up at startup the startup configuration software creates data structures representing the PVCs specified in the startup configuration file Following a similar procedure these data structures also order the PVCs by VPI then VCI and allocations start with the low values and proceed to the high values Whenever an interface comes up connection man...

Страница 246: ...ysis When a VC is deleted from the interface VPI referred to by the CLI command Under these circumstances the block size is subsequently determined by analysis When a nonvolatile generation operation is performed e g initiated by entering the write terminal command Using the Autominblock Command to Enable the Minimum Mode Use the autominblock command to enable the automatic analysis of minimum ITT...

Страница 247: ... force keyword are lost Unless one of the atm input xlate table configuration commands is entered the system operates as it did prior to these enhancements Whether or not the atm input xlate table autominblock configuration is in effect the user can configure atm input xlate table minblock for interface VPIs if the force keyword is used The affect of the minblock command in the various situations ...

Страница 248: ...e configuration use the autoshrink global configuration command to shrink an ITT block in place and release the unused ITT resources The autoshrink command and minblock autominblock commands have the different effects on the system When autominblock is disabled and no minblock commands are outstanding as VCs are deleted the autoshrink feature reduces ITT use of VCs that are sharing a VPI The minbl...

Страница 249: ... 6400 NSP1 show atm input xlate table inuse Use this nonprivileged exec mode command to display ITT usage details The output of the unqualified command without the inuse keyword shows detail of the free blocks by size and bank the aggregate free space and the location of the blocks that are in use The output of the command with the inuse keyword show remaining a detailed list of the blocks that ar...

Страница 250: ...56 0 512 512 0 17920 512 0 1024 1024 0 2048 2048 0 18432 2048 0 4096 4096 0 20480 4096 0 8192 8192 0 24576 8192 0 32769 1 1 32770 2 1 32772 4 1 32776 8 1 32784 16 1 32800 32 1 49248 32 1 32832 64 1 49152 64 1 49344 64 1 32896 128 1 33024 256 1 49408 256 1 33280 512 1 49664 512 1 33792 1024 1 50176 1024 1 34816 2048 1 51200 2048 1 36864 4096 1 53248 4096 1 40960 8192 1 57344 8192 1 Input Translatio...

Страница 251: ...ble inuse switch show atm input inuse Interface VPI VP VC Address Size ATM0 1 0 0 VC 17472 64 ATM0 1 0 2 VP 32768 1 ATM0 1 2 0 VC 49216 32 ATM0 1 2 2 VP 0 1 ATM1 0 0 0 VC 49280 64 ATM1 0 0 9 VC 16384 1024 Example Catalyst 8540 MSR show atm input xlate table module id module inuse Where module is a value 1 8 The Catalyst 8540 MSR form of the show command must show ITT utilization for one or all of ...

Страница 252: ...e end Size 0 63 64 1024 1279 256 1408 3071 1664 4096 6143 2048 Module 2 Input Translation Table Free Blocks 0 1024 1024 1024 2048 2048 4096 4096 8192 8192 16384 16384 Input Translation Table Total Free 32768 Input Translation Table In Use display combines contiguous blocks Inuse start Inuse end Size Module 3 Input Translation Table Free Blocks Block start Size 64 64 128 128 1408 128 256 256 512 51...

Страница 253: ...40 Input Translation Table In Use display combines contiguous blocks Inuse start Inuse end Size 1152 1279 128 Block start Size 1024 1024 0 1024 2048 2048 4096 4096 8192 8192 16384 16384 Input Translation Table Total Free 32768 Input Translation Table In Use display combines contiguous blocks Inuse start Inuse end Size Module 6 Input Translation Table Free Blocks Block start Size 0 1024 1024 1024 2...

Страница 254: ... end Size The output of the command with the inuse keyword is switch show atm input inuse Module Interface VPI VP VC Address Size VP inuse 0 VP 0 64 1 0 ATM0 1 0 3 VC 1536 512 0 ATM0 1 0 4 VC 4096 2048 0 ATM0 1 0 5 VC 2048 1024 0 ATM0 1 0 0 VC 1024 256 0 ATM4 0 0 0 VC 1408 128 2 VP 0 64 1 2 ATM2 0 0 2 VC 3072 1024 2 ATM2 0 0 3 VC 1280 64 2 ATM2 0 0 0 VC 1024 256 2 ATM2 0 2 2 VC 4096 2048 2 ATM2 0 ...

Страница 255: ... Catalyst 8540 MSR page 8 5 Checking the ATM Connection Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 page 8 5 Displaying the OAM Configuration page 8 6 OAM Overview OAM performs fault management and performance management functions at the ATM management M plane layer Note Current OAM implementation supports only the fault management function which includes connectivity verification and alarm surveillanc...

Страница 256: ...ator can enable or disable OAM operation for the following switch components The entire switch A specific ATM interface A specific ATM connection If OAM operation is disabled outgoing OAM cells AIS RDI and loopbacks are not generated and AIS and RDI cells that arrive at connection endpoints are discarded To support various OAM operations the ATM switch router hardware provides OAM cell routing fun...

Страница 257: ...oopback is enabled OAM Switch level ais is enabled The following example shows how to configure the ATM OAM connection maximum to 1600 Switch config atm oam max limit 1600 Configuring OAM for the Entire Switch Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 To enable OAM operations for the entire Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 ATM switch router use the global configuration command as shown in the f...

Страница 258: ...back on interface 3 0 0 VPI 50 VCI 100 Switch config interface atm 3 0 0 Switch config if atm oam 50 100 ais end loopback OAM Connection level end to end loopback is enabled OAM Connection level ais is enabled Note You can use only VPI values to configure OAM operations on VP connections In interface configuration command mode you can enable or disable OAM operations on existing connections on dif...

Страница 259: ...equence to abort Sending Seg Loopback 5 53 byte OAM Echoes to a neighbor timeout is 5 seconds Success rate is 0 percent 0 5 The following example shows the ping command used in extended mode to check a VCC with end to end loopback flow Switch ping Protocol ip atm Interface card sub card port 3 0 0 VPI 0 0 VCI 0 16 Send OAM Segment Loopback no Target IP address Target NSAP Prefix Repeat count 5 Tim...

Страница 260: ...he ping command used in extended mode to check a VCC with end to end loopback flow Switch ping Protocol ip atm Interface card sub card port 3 0 0 VPI 0 0 VCI 0 16 Send OAM Segment Loopback no Target IP address Target NSAP Prefix Repeat count 5 Timeout in seconds 5 Type escape sequence to abort Sending end Loopback 5 53 byte OAM Echoes to a connection end point timeout is 5 seconds Success rate is ...

Страница 261: ...it cbr 3000 atm qos uni3 default cbr max cell loss ratio 12 atm lecs address 47 0091 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 00 atm address 47 0091 8100 0000 0060 3e5a db01 0060 3e5a db01 00 interface ATM0 0 0 no keepalive map group atm 1 no atm auto configuration no atm address registration no atm ilmi enable no atm ilmi lecs implied atm iisp side user atm pvp 99 atm oam 0 5 seg loopback end loop...

Страница 262: ...8 8 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL 7396 01 Chapter 8 Configuring Operation Administration and Maintenance Displaying the OAM Configuration ...

Страница 263: ...chapter includes the following sections Resource Management Functions page 9 2 Switch Fabric Functionality Catalyst 8540 MSR page 9 2 Processor Feature Card Functionality Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 page 9 3 Configuring Global Resource Management page 9 4 Configuring Physical Interfaces page 9 17 Configuring Physical and Logical Interface Parameters page 9 26 Configuring Interface Overb...

Страница 264: ...MSR and LightStream 1010 Different sets of functionality are available with feature card per class queueing FC PCQ and feature card per flow queueing FC PFQ FC PCQ features include switch cell priority limits interface queue sizes and thresholds FC PFQ features include threshold group configuration The interface pacing feature is available with both feature cards See Processor Feature Card Functio...

Страница 265: ...olicing UPC9 10 Dual leaky bucket Frame mode VC merge Supported Point to multipoint VC multicast Multiple leafs per output port per point to multipoint Network clock switchover10 Programmable clock selection criteria Nondisruptive snooping Per VC or per VP Hierarchical VP tunnel Maximum of 240 VP tunnels 1 CBR constant bit rate 2 VBR RT variable bit rate real time 3 VBR NRT variable bit rate non r...

Страница 266: ...lds Multiple weighted dynamic thresholds Shaping Per port pacing Per port pacing per CBR VC per CBR transit VP per shaped CBR VP tunnel 128 shaped VP tunnels total and hierarchical VP tunnels Policing UPC11 Dual mode single leaky bucket Dual leaky bucket Point to multipoint VC multicast One leaf per output port per point to multipoint Multiple leafs per output port per point to multipoint Network ...

Страница 267: ...erform the following tasks in global configuration mode Example The following example shows how to change the constant bit rate CBR maximum cell loss ratio objective for cell loss priority CLP 0 1 to 10 12 cells per second Switch config atm qos default cbr max cell loss ratio clp1plus0 12 Table 9 3 Default QoS Objective Table Row Contents Service Category Max Cell Transfer Delay clp01 Peak to Peak...

Страница 268: ...e Switch Oversubscription Factor Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 The switch oversubscription factor OSF feature on the Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 ATM switch routers is used in determining initial port maximum queue sizing for variable bit rate non real time VBR NRT and available bit rate unspecified bit rate ABR UBR queues Note Over subscription factor configuration is only poss...

Страница 269: ...talled in your switch Examples The following example shows the switch OSF configuration with FC PCQ installed Switch show atm resource Resource configuration Over subscription factor 16 Sustained cell rate margin factor 1 Abr mode relative rate Atm service category limit in cells 64544 cbr 64544 vbr rt 64544 vbr nrt 64544 abr ubr Resource state Cells per service category 0 cbr 0 vbr rt 0 vbr nrt 0...

Страница 270: ...mand Example The following example shows the service category limits configuration Switch show atm resource Resource configuration Over subscription factor 16 Sustained cell rate margin factor 1 Abr mode relative rate Atm service category limit in cells 3000 cbr 64544 vbr rt 64544 vbr nrt 64544 abr ubr Resource state Cells per service category 0 cbr 0 vbr rt 0 vbr nrt 0 abr ubr Configuring the ABR...

Страница 271: ...llowing examples differ depending on the feature card installed in your switch Examples The following example shows the ABR mode configuration with FC PCQ installed Switch show atm resource Resource configuration Over subscription factor 16 Sustained cell rate margin factor 1 Abr mode efci Atm service category limit in cells 3000 cbr 64544 vbr rt 64544 vbr nrt 64544 abr ubr Resource state Cells pe...

Страница 272: ...y variation tolerance CDVT are specified in the traffic contract with a guarantee on MCR Both CDVT and maximum burst size MBS for VBR rows Dual leaky bucket UPC is allowed Whether SCR applies to either the CLP0 or CLP0 1 flow of cells Only one or the other of these flows can be policed CTT Supported Features Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 ATM switch routers with feature card per flow queui...

Страница 273: ...d Defaults To make CTT management software more efficient the CTT row index space is split into rows allocated as a result of signalling and rows allocated from the command line interface CLI and SNMP Table 9 5 describes the row index range for both Table 9 6 describes the well known predefined ATM CTT rows Table 9 5 CTT Row Index Allocation Allocated by Row index range ATOMMIB Traffic Descriptor ...

Страница 274: ...ed index 63999 Displaying the ATM Connection Traffic Table To display the CTT configuration use the following EXEC command Example The following example shows how to display the CTT configuration table Switch show atm connection traffic table Row Service category pcr scr mcr mbs cdvt 1 ubr 7113539 none none Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config atm connection traffic table row index row index vbr r...

Страница 275: ...ned cell rate margin factor command affects subsequent connections but not connections that are already established Example The following example shows how to configure the SCR margin factor as 85 percent of maximum Switch config atm sustained cell rate margin factor 85 Displaying the SCR Margin Configuration To display the SCR margin factor configuration use the following EXEC command Example The...

Страница 276: ...brnrt default tg 4 131071 511 31 25 87 0 abr default tg 5 131071 511 31 25 87 0 ubr default tg 6 131071 1023 1023 25 87 0 well known vc tg Overview of Threshold Groups Threshold groups combine VCs VPs to determine per connection thresholds based on the use of memory by the group Note Threshold groups are supported on the Catalyst 8540 MSR and on the Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 ATM switc...

Страница 277: ...ll known VCs Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config atm threshold group service cbr vbr rt vbr nrt abr ubr group Assigns a service category to a threshold group Step 2 Switch config atm threshold group module id module 1 group max cells number Configures the maximum number of cells queued for all connections that are members of the threshold group Step 3 Switch config atm threshold group module id m...

Страница 278: ... tg 6 131071 1023 1023 25 87 0 well known vc tg 2 1 131071 63 63 25 87 0 cbr default tg 2 131071 127 127 25 87 0 vbrrt default tg 3 131071 511 31 25 87 0 vbrnrt default tg 4 131071 511 31 25 50 0 abr default tg Step 7 Switch config atm threshold group module id module 1 group max cells number Configures the maximum number of cells queued for specified threshold group for all module ids 4 Optionall...

Страница 279: ...Configuring the Interface Maximum Queue Size Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 Maximum queue size feature on the Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 ATM switch routers is used to determine the following Maximum number of cells in the switch fabric queue Maximum cell transfer delay CTD Peak to peak cell delay variation CDV provided on an output switch interface Note Interface maximum queue ...

Страница 280: ... LightStream 1010 To display the output queue maximum size configuration use the following user EXEC command Example The following example displays the interface output queue maximum size configuration with FC PCQ installed Switch show atm interface resource atm 3 0 0 Resource Management configuration Output queues Max sizes explicit cfg 30000 cbr none vbr rt none vbr nrt none abr ubr Max sizes in...

Страница 281: ...l loss priority CLP and packet discard PD threshold ABR relative rate threshold Note Interface queue threshold per service category configuration is only possible on switches with FC PCQ installed on your route processor These queue thresholds can be changed at any time The result changes the threshold for all connections of that service category using the interface for output and for any subseque...

Страница 282: ... atm interface resource atm 3 0 0 Resource Management configuration Output queues Max sizes explicit cfg 30000 cbr none vbr rt none vbr nrt none abr ubr Max sizes installed 30208 cbr 256 vbr rt 4096 vbr nrt 12032 abr ubr Efci threshold 50 cbr 25 vbr rt 25 vbr nrt 25 abr 25 ubr Discard threshold 87 cbr 87 vbr rt 87 vbr nrt 87 abr 87 ubr Abr relative rate threshold 25 abr Pacing disabled 0 Kbps rate...

Страница 283: ...that the change should be made even if it results in an output cell rate that does not provide sufficient bandwidth for guaranteed service on the interface transmit flow The force argument has no effect on Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 ATM switch routers with FC PFQ installed on the route processor Note The atm pacing command affects all connections including those already established Thi...

Страница 284: ... cbr none vbr none abr none ubr Peak cell rate TX none cbr none vbr none abr none ubr Sustained cell rate none vbr RX none vbr TX Tolerance RX none cbr none vbr none abr none ubr Tolerance TX none cbr none vbr none abr none ubr information deleted Configuring Controlled Link Sharing Resource management allows fine tuning of the connection admission control functions on a per interface and directio...

Страница 285: ... link sharing configuration Minimum VBR Maximum Aggregate 95 percent Maximum CBR Maximum Aggregate 95 percent Maximum VBR Maximum Aggregate 95 percent Table 9 8 Connection Admission Control Parameter to Bandwidth Relationships continued Service Category Value Service Category Bandwidth Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config interface atm card subcard port vpt Switch config if Selects the interface t...

Страница 286: ...classes referred to as output virtual circuit OVC QoS classes Up to eight service classes can be allocated to each physical interface PIF port In scheduling the next cell to be transmitted from a port the rate scheduler RS has first call on supplying an eligible cell If RS does not have one then weighted round robin WRR scheduler chooses a service class with an OVC ready to transmit and finally a ...

Страница 287: ...br Scheduling RS c1 WRR c2 WRR c3 WRR c4 WRR c5 WRR Weight 8 c2 1 c3 1 c4 1 c5 Pacing disabled 0 Kbps rate configured 0 Kbps rate installed Link Distance 0 kilometers Controlled Link sharing Max aggregate guaranteed services none RX none TX Max bandwidth none cbr RX none cbr TX none vbr RX none vbr TX Min bandwidth none cbr RX none cbr TX none vbr RX none vbr TX Best effort connection limit disabl...

Страница 288: ... is used in determining the connection admission control CAC maximum cell transfer delay CTD provided on the output by a switch interface which can affect the switched virtual channel SVC connection requests accepted Note For a detailed description of the CAC algorithm pseudo code on the ATM switch router refer to the Guide to ATM Technology To configure the interface link distance perform the fol...

Страница 289: ...connections Max traffic parameters by service rate in Kbps tolerance in cell times Peak cell rate RX none cbr none vbr none abr none ubr Peak cell rate TX none cbr none vbr none abr none ubr Sustained cell rate none vbr RX none vbr TX Minimum cell rate RX none abr none ubr Minimum cell rate TX none abr none ubr CDVT RX none cbr none vbr none abr none ubr CDVT TX none cbr none vbr none abr none ubr...

Страница 290: ...ing disabled 0 Kbps rate configured 0 Kbps rate installed Service Categories supported cbr vbr rt vbr nrt abr ubr Link Distance 0 kilometers Controlled Link sharing Max aggregate guaranteed services none RX none TX Max bandwidth none cbr RX none cbr TX none vbr RX none vbr TX none abr RX none abr TX none ubr RX none ubr TX Min bandwidth none cbr RX none cbr TX none vbr RX none vbr TX none abr RX n...

Страница 291: ... 3 0 0 Switch config if atm cac max peak cell rate cbr receive 100000 The following example shows how to configure the maximum SCR for connections on interface 3 0 0 specified in receive mode to 60 000 kbps Switch config interface atm 3 0 0 Switch config if atm cac max sustained cell rate receive 60000 The following example shows how to configure the maximum tolerance for CBR connections on interf...

Страница 292: ... configured 0 Kbps rate installed Service Categories supported cbr vbr rt vbr nrt abr ubr Link Distance 0 kilometers Controlled Link sharing Max aggregate guaranteed services none RX none TX Max bandwidth none cbr RX none cbr TX none vbr RX none vbr TX none abr RX none abr TX none ubr RX none ubr TX Min bandwidth none cbr RX none cbr TX none vbr RX none vbr TX none abr RX none abr TX none ubr RX n...

Страница 293: ...global configuration mode Example The following example shows how to change the default tolerance for received cells on VBR RT connections Switch config interface atm 3 0 0 Switch config if atm cdvt default vbr rt 4000 Displaying the ATM CDVT and MBS Configuration To display the ATM CDVT and MBS configuration use the following EXEC commands Examples The following example shows the ATM CDVT and MBS...

Страница 294: ...m default for interface Rx mbs 1024 from default for interface Tx connection traffic table index 9999 Tx service category VBR RT Realtime Variable Bit Rate Tx pcr clp01 40000 Tx scr clp0 30000 Tx mcr clp01 none Tx cdvt none Tx mbs none The following example shows the ATM CDVT and MBS configuration of an ATM VP Switch show atm vp interface atm0 0 3 4 Interface ATM0 0 3 Type oc3suni VPI 4 Status UP ...

Страница 295: ... migrate across the interface However you can use the interface service category support feature to explicitly allow or prevent VCs of specified service categories to migrate across the interface Table 9 10 shows the service category of the shaped VP always CBR the service categories you can configure for transported VCs and a suggested transit VP service category for the tunnel The following rest...

Страница 296: ...stalled Service Categories supported cbr vbr rt vbr nrt ubr Link Distance 0 kilometers Controlled Link sharing Max aggregate guaranteed services none RX none TX Max bandwidth none cbr RX none cbr TX none vbr RX none vbr TX none abr RX none abr TX none ubr RX none ubr TX Min bandwidth none cbr RX none cbr TX none vbr RX none vbr TX none abr RX none abr TX none ubr RX none ubr TX Best effort connect...

Страница 297: ...fected by UPC For example you can configure your switch to pass all UBR traffic but tag all other traffic types Note For information on how to configure your physical and logical VP tunnel interfaces see Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections To configure ATM policing by service category for the SVC and Soft PVC features use the following commands beginning in global configuration mode Example ...

Страница 298: ...9010 00 Configured virtual links PVCLs SoftVCLs SVCLs TVCLs PVPLs SoftVPLs SVPLs Total Cfgd Inst Conns 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 Logical ports VP tunnels 0 Input cells 4927 Output cells 3553 5 minute input rate 0 bits sec 0 cells sec 5 minute output rate 0 bits sec 0 cells sec Input AAL5 pkts 2376 Output AAL5 pkts 2382 AAL5 crc errors 0 Switch In the show atm interface atm command display if interface ser...

Страница 299: ...ndwidth for SVCs on an IMA interface is based on the number of interfaces that are active in the IMA group Overbooking increases both the available equivalent bandwidth values by the same configured percentage The MaxCR for transmit and receive flows might differ on output paced physical interfaces Configuring overbooking on such interfaces results in different maximum guaranteed services bandwidt...

Страница 300: ...ubr Scheduling RS c1 WRR c2 WRR c3 WRR c4 WRR c5 WRR Weight 15 c2 2 c3 2 c4 2 c5 CAC Configuration to account for Framing Overhead Disabled Pacing disabled 0 Kbps rate configured 0 Kbps rate installed overbooking 300 Service Categories supported cbr vbr rt vbr nrt abr ubr Link Distance 0 kilometers Controlled Link sharing Command Purpose Step 1 interface atm card subcard slot Switch config if or i...

Страница 301: ...ection on page 9 37 increases the overall equivalent bandwidth available for all service categories including CBR on an interface beyond the maximum cell rate that is possible on an interface The service class overbooking feature enables you to configure overbooking on an individual service category and per interface basis on ATM and IMA interfaces The service categories VBR rt VBR nrt ABR and UBR...

Страница 302: ...ervice Category map none cbr c2 vbr rt c3 vbr nrt c4 abr c5 ubr Scheduling WRR c2 WRR c3 WRR c4 WRR c5 WRR Weight 15 c2 2 c3 2 c4 2 c5 CAC Configuration to account for Framing Overhead Disabled Pacing disabled 0 Kbps rate configured 0 Kbps rate installed overbooking disabled Per Class OverBooking Command Purpose Step 1 interface atm card subcard slot vpt Switch config if or interface atm card subc...

Страница 303: ...state Available bit rates in Kbps 147743 cbr RX 147743 cbr TX 147743 vbr RX 147743 vbr TX 147743 abr RX 147743 abr TX 147743 ubr RX 147743 ubr TX Allocated bit rates 0 cbr RX 0 cbr TX 0 vbr RX 0 vbr TX 0 abr RX 0 abr TX 0 ubr RX 0 ubr TX Best effort connections 0 pvcs 0 svcs Configuring Framing Overhead The interface framing overhead feature determines whether the MaxCR of a physical interface con...

Страница 304: ...rhead configuration use the following user EXEC command Example The following example shows the framing overhead configuration G 751 PLCP 30 528 kbps 34 367 kbps E1 CRC4 ADM 1919 kbps 2047 kbps CRC4 PLCP 1785 kbps 2047 kbps PCM30 ADM 1919 kbps 2047 kbps PCM30 PLCP 1785 kbps 2047 kbps T1 SF ADM 1535 kbps 1543 kbps SF PLCP 1413 kbps 1543 kbps ESF ADM 1535 kbps 1543 kbps ESF PLCP 1413 kbps 1543 kbps ...

Страница 305: ...ration to account for Framing Overhead Enabled Pacing disabled 0 Kbps rate configured 0 Kbps rate installed overbooking disabled Service Categories supported cbr vbr rt vbr nrt abr ubr Link Distance 0 kilometers Controlled Link sharing Max aggregate guaranteed services none RX none TX Max bandwidth none cbr RX none cbr TX none vbr RX none vbr TX none abr RX none abr TX none ubr RX none ubr TX Min ...

Страница 306: ...9 44 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL 7396 01 Chapter 9 Configuring Resource Management Configuring Framing Overhead ...

Страница 307: ... the LAN emulation configuration server LECS address and displaying the ILMI configuration for the entire switch Configuring the ATM Address The ATM switch router ships with an autoconfigured ATM address Private Network Network Interface PNNI uses the autoconfigured address to construct a flat PNNI topology ILMI uses the first 13 bytes of this address as the switch prefix that it registers with en...

Страница 308: ...rface specific override In either level you can choose among the following options Permit all Any ATM end system address AESA registered by an attached end system is permitted Permit prefix match Only AESAs that match an ILMI prefix used on the interface are permitted Permit prefix match and well known group addresses AESAs that match an ILMI prefix used on the interface as well as the well known ...

Страница 309: ...rrent configuration information deleted atm abr mode efci atm lecs address default 47 0091 8100 0000 0040 0b0a 1281 0040 0b4e d023 00 1 atm lecs address default 47 0091 8100 0000 0040 0b0a 1281 0040 0b07 4023 00 2 atm ilmi default access permit matching prefix atm address 47 0091 8100 0000 0040 0b0a 2b81 0040 0b0a 2b81 00 atm address 47 0091 8100 0000 0060 3e5a 7901 0060 3e5a 7901 00 atm router pn...

Страница 310: ...10 00 ATM3 1 1 47 0091 8100 0000 0000 0ca7 9e01 4000 0c81 9020 00 ATM3 1 2 47 0091 8100 0000 0000 0ca7 9e01 4000 0c81 9030 00 ATM3 1 3 ILMI Switch Prefix es 47 0091 8100 0000 0000 0ca7 9e01 88 8888 8888 0000 0000 0000 0000 ILMI Configured Interface Prefix es LECS Address es 47 0091 8100 0000 0000 0ca7 9e01 4000 0c81 9030 01 47 0091 8100 0000 0000 0ca7 9e01 4000 0c81 9030 02 Note Since Cisco IOS Re...

Страница 311: ...onfiguration mode Note If the ILMI VC by default VCI 16 is disabled then the ILMI is disabled Examples The following example shows how to enable ILMI autoconfiguration on ATM interface 3 0 3 Switch config interface atm 3 0 3 Switch config if atm auto configuration The following example shows how to enable ATM address registration on ATM interface 3 0 3 Switch config interface atm 3 0 3 Switch conf...

Страница 312: ...s of the switch ATM address es for that specific interface Multiple ILMI address prefixes can be configured on each interface for example during ATM address migration To configure a per interface ILMI address prefix perform the following tasks beginning in global configuration mode Examples The following example shows how to change the ATM address of the switch from the autoconfigured address 47 0...

Страница 313: ...80 0030 00 ATM0 0 3 47 0091 8100 0000 0041 0b0a 1081 4000 0c80 1000 00 ATM0 1 0 47 0091 8100 0000 0041 0b0a 1081 4000 0c80 1010 00 ATM0 1 1 47 0091 8100 0000 0041 0b0a 1081 4000 0c80 1020 00 ATM0 1 2 47 0091 8100 0000 0041 0b0a 1081 4000 0c80 1030 00 ATM0 1 3 47 0091 8100 0000 0041 0b0a 1081 4000 0c80 8000 00 ATM1 0 0 47 0091 8100 0000 0041 0b0a 1081 4000 0c80 8010 00 ATM1 0 1 47 0091 8100 0000 00...

Страница 314: ...e connections provide load balancing for traffic from an end station Configure the interfaces in a group by performing the following tasks beginning in global configuration mode Example The following example shows how to configure ATM interface 1 1 0 and ATM interface 3 0 1 in ATM address group 5 Switch config interface atm 1 1 0 Switch config if atm interface group 5 Switch config if exit Switch ...

Страница 315: ...erface atm 1 1 0 Building configuration Current configuration interface ATM1 1 0 no ip address no ip directed broadcast no atm ilmi keepalive atm prefix 47 0091 8100 5670 0000 0000 1122 atm interface group 5 clock source free running end Switch show running config interface atm 3 0 1 Building configuration Current configuration interface ATM3 0 1 no ip address no ip directed broadcast no atm ilmi ...

Страница 316: ...10 10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL 7396 01 Chapter 10 Configuring ILMI Configuring an ILMI Interface ...

Страница 317: ...nced PNNI Configuration page 11 29 Mobile PNNI Configuration page 11 53 PNNI Connection Trace page 11 57 Overview To place calls between ATM end systems signaling consults either IISP a static routing protocol or PNNI a dynamic routing protocol PNNI provides quality of service QoS routes to signaling based on the QoS requirements specified in the call setup request Note The Cisco IOS Release 12 1 ...

Страница 318: ...the ATM Address page 11 4 Configuring Static Routes page 11 6 Configuring the Routing Mode The ATM routing software can be restricted to operate in static mode In this mode the call routing is restricted to only the static configuration of ATM routes disabling operation of any dynamic ATM routing protocols such as PNNI The atm routing mode command is different from deleting all PNNI nodes using th...

Страница 319: ...on back to PNNI if the switch is operating in static mode Switch config no atm routing mode static This Configuration Will Not Take Effect Until Next Reload Switch config end Switch copy system running config nvram startup config Building configuration OK Switch reload Displaying the ATM Routing Mode Configuration To display the ATM routing mode configuration use the following privileged EXEC comm...

Страница 320: ...ement only a flat topology network and have no future plans to migrate to PNNI hierarchy you can skip this section and use the preconfigured ATM address assigned by Cisco Systems Note For information about ATM address considerations see ATM Addresses page 11 2 To change the active ATM address create a new address verify that it exists and then delete the current active address Follow these steps b...

Страница 321: ...1 0b0a 1081 4000 0c80 0020 00 ATM0 0 2 47 0091 8100 0000 0041 0b0a 1081 4000 0c80 0030 00 ATM0 0 3 47 0091 8100 0000 0041 0b0a 1081 4000 0c80 1000 00 ATM0 1 0 47 0091 8100 0000 0041 0b0a 1081 4000 0c80 1010 00 ATM0 1 1 47 0091 8100 0000 0041 0b0a 1081 4000 0c80 1020 00 ATM0 1 2 47 0091 8100 0000 0041 0b0a 1081 4000 0c80 1030 00 ATM0 1 3 47 0091 8100 0000 0041 0b0a 1081 4000 0c80 8000 00 ATM1 0 0 4...

Страница 322: ...s the atm route command to configure a static route to the 13 byte switch prefix 47 00918100000000410B0A1081 to ATM interface 0 0 0 Switch config atm route 47 0091 8100 0000 0041 0B0A 1081 atm 0 0 0 The following example uses the atm route command to configure a static route to the 13 byte switch prefix 47 00918100000000410B0A1081 to ATM interface 0 0 0 configured with a scope 1 associated Switch ...

Страница 323: ...100 5670 0000 0000 0000 104 R I 1 ATM0 UP 0 47 0091 8100 5670 0000 0000 0000 0040 0b0a 1081 152 R I 1 ATM0 UP 0 47 0091 8100 5670 0000 0000 0000 4000 0c 128 Configuring ATM Address Groups ATM address groups allow more than one interface to have the same internal address prefix for the same static route These multiple static routes provide load balancing for traffic from an end station Configure th...

Страница 324: ...interface atm 1 1 0 Building configuration Current configuration interface ATM1 1 0 no ip address no ip directed broadcast no atm ilmi keepalive atm prefix 47 0091 8100 5670 0000 0000 1122 atm interface group 5 clock source free running end Switch show running config interface atm 3 0 1 Building configuration Current configuration interface ATM3 0 1 no ip address no ip directed broadcast no atm il...

Страница 325: ...vel of the PNNI hierarchy The lowest level nodes comprise the lowest level of the PNNI hierarchy When only the lowest level nodes are configured there is no hierarchical structure If your network is relatively small and you want the benefits of PNNI but do not need the benefits of a hierarchical structure follow the procedures in this section to configure the lowest level of the PNNI hierarchy To ...

Страница 326: ...00 1122 0041 0b0a 1081 00 and causes the node identifier and peer group identifier to be recalculated Switch config atm address 47 0091 8100 5670 0000 0000 1122 Switch config no atm address 47 0091 8100 0000 0041 0b0a 1081 Switch config atm router pnni Switch config atm router node 1 disable Switch config pnni node node 1 enable Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config atm address new address template...

Страница 327: ...E refresh interval 1800 sec lifetime factor 200 percent Min PTSE interval 10 tenths of sec Auto summarization on Supported PNNI versions newest 1 oldest 1 Default administrative weight mode uniform Max admin weight percentage 1 Next resource poll in 3 seconds Max PTSEs requested per PTSE request packet 32 Redistributing static routes Yes Configuring Static Routes Because PNNI is a dynamic routing ...

Страница 328: ...shows the ATM static route configuration using the show atm route EXEC command Switch show atm route Codes P installing Protocol S Static P PNNI R Routing control T Type I Internal prefix E Exterior prefix SE Summary Exterior prefix SI Summary Internal prefix ZE Suppress Summary Exterior ZI Suppress Summary Internal P T Node Port St Lev Prefix S E 1 ATM0 0 0 DN 56 47 0091 8100 0000 56 S E 1 ATM0 0...

Страница 329: ...ly creates 13 byte summary address prefixes from all of its ATM addresses You must configure summary addresses other than the defaults on each node Each node can have multiple summary address prefixes Use the summary address command to manually configure summary address prefixes Note The no auto summary command removes the default summary address es Use the no auto summary command when systems tha...

Страница 330: ...erfaces the scope is specified in terms of organizational scope values ranging from 1 local to 15 global Refer to the ATM Forum UNI Signaling 4 0 specification for more information In PNNI networks the scope is specified in terms of PNNI levels The mapping from organizational scope values used at UNI and IISP interfaces to PNNI levels is configured on the lowest level node The mapping can be deter...

Страница 331: ...Switch config atm router node 1 Switch config pnni node scope mode manual Switch config pnni node scope map 1 8 level 72 Table 11 1 Scope Mapping Table Organizational Scope ATM Forum PNNI 1 0 Default Level Automatic Mode PNNI Level 1 to 3 96 Minimum l 96 4 to 5 80 Minimum l 80 6 to 7 72 Minimum l 72 8 to 10 64 Minimum l 64 11 to 12 48 Minimum l 48 13 to 14 32 Minimum l 32 15 global 0 0 Command Pur...

Страница 332: ... an explanation of PGLs and LGNs as well as guidelines for creating a PNNI hierarchy refer to the Guide to ATM Technology Configuring a Logical Group Node and Peer Group Identifier The LGN is created only when the child node in the same switch that is the node whose parent configuration points to this node is elected PGL of the child peer group The peer group identifier defaults to a value created...

Страница 333: ...t two digits of the peer group identifier are the same Displaying the Logical Group Node Configuration To display the LGN configuration use the following privileged EXEC command Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config atm router pnni Switch config atm router Enters ATM router PNNI mode Step 2 Switch config atm router node node index level number lowest peer group identifier dd xxx enable disable Conf...

Страница 334: ... 10 tenths of sec Auto summarization on Supported PNNI versions newest 1 oldest 1 Default administrative weight mode uniform Max admin weight percentage 1 Max PTSEs requested per PTSE request packet 32 Redistributing static routes No Configuring the Node Name PNNI node names default to names based on the host name However you can change the default node name to more accurately reflect the peer gro...

Страница 335: ...e Allows Transit Calls Node Representation simple Hello interval 15 sec inactivity factor 5 Hello hold down 10 tenths of sec Ack delay 10 tenths of sec retransmit interval 5 sec Resource poll interval 5 sec SVCC integrity times calling 35 sec called 50 sec Horizontal Link inactivity time 120 sec PTSE refresh interval 1800 sec lifetime factor 200 percent Min PTSE interval 10 tenths of sec Auto summ...

Страница 336: ... 2 72 N A Enabled Running Switch 2 72 Configuring the Node Election Leadership Priority Normally the node with the highest election leadership priority is elected PGL If two nodes share the same election priority the node with the highest node identifier becomes the PGL To be eligible for election the configured priority must be greater than zero You can configure multiple nodes in a peer group wi...

Страница 337: ... if one is already PGL leadership priority values can be assigned from the second tier We recommend that you configure more than one node with a leadership priority value from this tier This prevents one unstable node with a larger leadership priority value from repeatedly destabilizing the peer group If you need a strict master leader use the third tier Note The election leadership priority comma...

Страница 338: ...e peer group using the show atm pnni election peers command Switch show atm pnni election peers Node No Priority Connected Preferred PGL 1 255 Yes Switch 9 0 Yes Switch 10 0 Yes Switch 11 0 Yes Switch 12 0 Yes Switch Configuring a Summary Address Summary addresses can be used to decrease the amount of information advertised by a PNNI node Summary addresses should only be used when all end system a...

Страница 339: ...global configuration mode Example The following example shows how to remove the default summary address es and add summary address 47 009181005670 Switch config atm router pnni Switch config atm router node 1 Switch config pnni node no auto summary Switch config pnni node summary address 47 009181005670 Displaying the Summary Address Configuration To display the ATM PNNI summary address configurat...

Страница 340: ...ion for a three level hierarchical topology is shown in Figure 11 1 The example shows the configuration of only five switches although there can be many other switches in each peer group Figure 11 1 Example Three Level Hierarchical Topology At the lowest level level 72 the hierarchy represents two separate peer groups Each of the four switches named T2 to T5 are eligible to become a peer group lea...

Страница 341: ...router pnni node 1 level 72 lowest redistribute atm static NewYork BldB T1 show atm pnni local node PNNI node 1 is enabled and running Node name NewYork BldB T1 System address 47 009144556677114410111233 00603E7B3A01 01 Node ID 72 160 47 009144556677114410111233 00603E7B3A01 00 Peer group ID 72 47 0091 4455 6677 1144 0000 0000 Level 72 Priority 0 0 No of interfaces 3 No of neighbors 2 Parent Node ...

Страница 342: ...tribute atm static election leadership priority 45 node 2 level 64 parent 3 election leadership priority 45 name NewYork BldB node 3 level 56 name NewYork NewYork BldB T3 show atm pnni local node PNNI node 1 is enabled and running Node name NewYork BldB T3 System address 47 009144556677114410111255 00603E5BC401 01 Node ID 72 160 47 009144556677114410111255 00603E5BC401 00 Peer group ID 72 47 0091 ...

Страница 343: ...001 01 Node ID 72 160 47 009144556677223310111266 00603E7B2001 00 Peer group ID 72 47 0091 4455 6677 2233 0000 0000 Level 72 Priority 45 95 No of interfaces 4 No of neighbors 1 Parent Node Index 2 information deleted PNNI node 2 is enabled and running Node name SanFran BldA System address 47 009144556677223310111266 00603E7B2001 02 Node ID 64 72 47 009144556677223300000000 00603E7B2001 00 Peer gro...

Страница 344: ...009144556677223310111244 00603E7B2401 00 Peer group ID 72 47 0091 4455 6677 2233 0000 0000 Level 72 Priority 10 10 No of interfaces 2 No of neighbors 1 Parent Node Index 2 information deleted PNNI node 2 is enabled and not running Node name SanFran BldA System address 47 009144556677223310111244 00603E7B2401 02 Node ID 64 72 47 009144556677223300000000 00603E7B2401 00 Peer group ID 64 47 0091 4455...

Страница 345: ... Interim Interswitch Signaling Protocol IISP interface In this mode the most recent topology information received by this node is always used for each setup request Background routes Call setups are routed using precomputed routing trees In this mode multiple background trees are precomputed for several service categories and quality of service QoS metrics If no route can be found in the multiple ...

Страница 346: ...ckground routes privileged EXEC command Switch show atm pnni background routes cbr Background Routes From CBR AW Table 2 Routes To Node 2 1 Hops 1 1 ATM0 1 2 2 aw 5040 cdv 138 ctd 154 acr 147743 clr0 10 clr01 10 aw 5040 cdv 138 ctd 154 acr 147743 clr0 10 clr01 10 2 Hops 1 1 ATM0 1 1 2 aw 5040 cdv 138 ctd 154 acr 147743 clr0 10 clr01 10 aw 5040 cdv 138 ctd 154 acr 147743 clr0 10 clr01 10 1 Routes T...

Страница 347: ... 1 ATM0 1 0 5 aw 5040 cdv 138 ctd 154 acr 147743 clr0 10 clr01 10 aw 5040 cdv 138 ctd 154 acr 147743 clr0 10 clr01 10 Configuring Link Selection Link selection applies to parallel PNNI links between two switches Link selection allows you to choose the method the switch uses during call setup for selecting one link among multiple parallel links to forward the call Note Calls always use the load bal...

Страница 348: ...k selection on ATM interface 0 0 0 with a VBR NRT service category and transmit speed maximize mode Switch config interface atm 0 0 0 Switch config if atm pnni link selection vbr nrt transmit speed maximize The following example shows how to configure link selection on ATM interface 0 0 0 with a CBR service category and then designate the link as an alternate Switch config interface atm 0 0 0 Swit...

Страница 349: ...ximum administrative weight percentage feature a generalized form of a hop count limit allows you to prevent the use of alternate routes that consume too many network resources The maximum acceptable administrative weight is equal to the specified percentage of the least administrative weight of any route to the destination from the background routing tables To configure the maximum AW percentage ...

Страница 350: ...10 sec PTSE refresh interval 90 sec lifetime factor 7 minPTSEinterval 1000 msec Auto summarization on Supported PNNI versions newest 1 oldest 1 Default administrative weight mode linespeed Max admin weight percentage 300 Next RM poll in 3 seconds Configuring the Precedence The route selection algorithm chooses routes to particular destinations using the longest match reachable address prefixes kno...

Страница 351: ...he show atm pnni precedence privileged EXEC command Switch show atm pnni precedence Working Default Prefix Poa Type Priority Priority local internal 1 1 static local internal metrics 2 2 static local exterior 3 3 static local exterior metrics 2 2 pnni remote internal 2 2 pnni remote internal metrics 2 2 pnni remote exterior 4 4 pnni remote exterior metrics 2 2 Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config ...

Страница 352: ...n can be used to prevent an explicit path from being used for routing while it is being configured if any soft connections already reference it If the explicit path has not been created the initial default is to enable the explicit path upon configuration Example The following example shows how to enter the PNNI explicit path configuration mode for a path named boston_2 path1 Switch config atm pnn...

Страница 353: ...N aggregation token can only identify the port uniquely if the following entry is a next node entry Aggregation tokens are not allowed for excluded nodes Example The following example shows how to configure an explicit path list consisting of four entries The first two are adjacent nodes and in one case an exit port is specified Next a partially specified segment to the node chicago_2 is configure...

Страница 354: ...to specify the index of the entry to modify dallas_1 cfg pnni expl path index 1 next node dallas_2 port 80000000 Explicit_path name new_york path1 id 5 from node dallas_1 1 next node dallas_2 port 80000000 2 next node dallas_4 port 80003004 3 segment chicago_2 4 next node 40 72 47 009181000000106000000000 The append after keyword adds a path entry after the specified index Renumbering the followin...

Страница 355: ...ntry index 3 has no connectivity from prior node 4 segment new_york 2 40 Note The upto keyword can be used for troubleshooting explicit paths that are shown as non routable Routable status is only calculated up to the specified path entry index which allows the first failing path entry to be isolated Tuning Topology Attributes The tasks in the following subsections describe how to configure attrib...

Страница 356: ...lo hold down 10 tenths of sec Ack delay 2 sec retransmit interval 10 sec rm poll interval 10 sec PTSE refresh interval 90 sec lifetime factor 7 minPTSEinterval 1000 msec Auto summarization on Supported PNNI versions newest 1 oldest 1 Default administrative weight mode linespeed Max admin weight percentage 300 Next RM poll in 3 seconds Configuring Administrative Weight Per Interface In addition to ...

Страница 357: ...0613E7B2F99 00 Remote port ID ATM0 1 2 80102000 0 Configuring Transit Restriction Transit calls originate from another ATM switch and pass through the switch Some edge switches might want to eliminate this transit traffic and only allow traffic originating or terminating at the switch To configure a transit restriction perform these steps beginning in global configuration mode Example The followin...

Страница 358: ...summarization on Supported PNNI versions newest 1 oldest 1 Default administrative weight mode uniform Max admin weight percentage 1 Next resource poll in 3 seconds Max PTSEs requested per PTSE request packet 32 Redistributing static routes Yes Configuring Redistribution Redistribution instructs PNNI to distribute reachability information from non PNNI sources throughout the PNNI routing domain The...

Страница 359: ...0000 Level 56 Priority 0 No of interfaces 4 No of neighbors 2 Node Allows Transit Calls Hello interval 15 sec inactivity factor 5 Hello hold down 10 tenths of sec Ack delay 10 tenths of sec retransmit interval 5 sec Resource poll interval 5 sec PTSE refresh interval 1800 sec lifetime factor 200 percent Min PTSE interval 10 tenths of sec Auto summarization on Supported PNNI versions newest 1 oldest...

Страница 360: ...ion token value details for a specific interface using the show atm pnni interface EXEC command with the detail keyword NewYork BldB T3 show atm pnni interface atm 0 0 2 detail PNNI Interface s for local node 1 level 56 Port ATM0 0 2 RCC is up Hello state common_out with node SanFran BldA T4 Next hello occurs in 4 seconds Dead timer fires in 72 seconds CBR AW 5040 MCR 155519 ACR 147743 CTD 154 CDV...

Страница 361: ...outer pnni Switch config pnni node node 2 Switch config pnni node aggregation mode link cbr aggressive The following example shows how to configure best link aggregation mode for variable bit rate real time VBR RT traffic on node 2 Switch config atm router pnni Switch config pnni node node 2 Switch config pnni node aggregation mode node vbr rt best link Displaying the Aggregation Mode Configuratio...

Страница 362: ...onfigured nodal aggregation modes per service class CBR VBR RT VBR NRT ABR UBR best link best link best link best link aggressive Summary Complex Node Port List Port ID Rem Inn Agg Token Border Cnt In Spoke Out Spoke Agg Accur 21FB000 12 0 1 default default ok 2371000 13 0 1 default default ok Summary Complex Node Bypass Pairs List exception bypass pairs only LOWER PORT ID HIGHER PORT ID Port ID R...

Страница 363: ... threshold configuration using the show atm pnni resource info EXEC command Switch show atm pnni resource info PNNI 80 1 Insignificant change parameters acr pm 50 acr mt 3 cdv pm 25 ctd pm 50 resource poll interval 5 sec Interface insignificant change bounds Interface ATM1 0 0 CBR MCR 155519 ACR 147743 73871 366792 CTD 50 25 75 CDV 34 26 42 CLR0 10 CLR01 10 VBR RT MCR 155519 ACR 155519 77759 36679...

Страница 364: ...plex node representation perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Example The following example shows how to configure a PNNI complex node Switch config atm router pnni Switch config atm router node 2 Switch config pnni node nodal representation complex Displaying the PNNI Complex Node Configuration To display the PNNI complex node configuration perform the following task...

Страница 365: ... bypass pairs only LOWER PORT ID HIGHER PORT ID Port ID Rem Inn Agg Token Inacc Port ID Rem Inn Agg Token Inacc Exceptns 21FB000 12 0 no 2371000 13 0 no fwd rev Tuning Protocol Parameters The tasks in the following subsections describe how to tune the PNNI protocol parameters that can affect the performance of your network Configuring PNNI Hello Database Synchronization and Flooding Parameters PNN...

Страница 366: ...oding configuration use the following privileged EXEC command Step 3 Switch config pnni node timer ack delay tenths of second hello holddown tenths of second hello interval seconds inactivity factor number retransmit interval seconds Configures Hello database synchronization and flooding parameters Step 4 Switch config pnni node ptse lifetime factor percentage factor min ptse interval tenths of se...

Страница 367: ...t administrative weight mode uniform Max admin weight percentage 1 Next resource poll in 3 seconds Max PTSEs requested per PTSE request packet 32 Redistributing static routes Yes Configuring the Resource Management Poll Interval The resource management poll interval specifies how often PNNI polls resource management to update the values of link metrics and attributes You can configure the resource...

Страница 368: ...3 73871 155519 UBR MCR 155519 Interface ATM1 0 3 CBR MCR 155519 ACR 147743 73871 366792 CTD 50 25 75 CDV 34 26 42 CLR0 10 CLR01 10 VBR RT MCR 155519 ACR 155519 77759 366792 CTD 359 180 538 CDV 342 257 427 CLR0 8 CLR01 8 VBR NRT MCR 155519 ACR 155519 77759 155519 CLR0 8 CLR01 8 ABR MCR 155519 ACR 147743 73871 155519 UBR MCR 155519 information deleted Configuring ATM PNNI Statistics Collection You c...

Страница 369: ...successful 0 0 0 0 0 0 unsuccessful 0 0 0 0 0 0 next port requests 0 0 0 0 0 0 successful 0 0 0 0 0 0 unsuccessful 0 0 0 0 0 0 total average usecs in queue 2513166 1867 usecs in dijkstra 0 0 usecs in routing 132703 98 Mobile PNNI Configuration This section describes how to configure the mobile PNNI feature for networks linked by one or more wireless connections to a fixed ATM network This features...

Страница 370: ...the highest level peer group in the given mobile network the node that instantiates the mobile logical group node The mobile PNNI feature is not required to enable PNNI but is provided to extend PNNI features to mobile networks Connecting Mobile PNNI Networks to Fixed PNNI Networks The tasks in the following subsections describe how to connect mobile PNNI networks to fixed PNNI networks Configurin...

Страница 371: ...n simple Hello interval 15 sec inactivity factor 5 Hello hold down 10 tenths of sec Ack delay 10 tenths of sec retransmit interval 5 sec Resource poll interval 5 sec SVCC integrity times calling 35 sec called 50 sec Horizontal Link inactivity time 120 sec PTSE refresh interval 1800 sec lifetime factor 200 percent Min PTSE interval 10 tenths of sec Auto summarization on Supported PNNI versions newe...

Страница 372: ...tes No Node is the mobile LGN Highest join level 0 Default PGID 0 00 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 Displaying Mobile PNNI Operational Details You can display the operational details of mobile PNNI at all levels in the switching system including the lowest and logical node configuration To display the mobile PNNI information use the following privileged EXEC or EXEC command Example The following ex...

Страница 373: ...gnaling procedures Depending upon the options specified when initiating the trace you get the following connection details The node ID of each node One port ID for each node except endpoints Both port IDs for endpoints The virtual path identifier VPI and virtual channel identifier VCI value on each link The call reference value on each link The end point reference value on each link for point to m...

Страница 374: ...owever if the connection or party that was traced gets cleared then all trace information associated with that connection or party is deleted regardless of the age timeout parameter For a trace connection to work perfectly all switches in the path of the connection or party being traced should support trace connection or in other words the switches should understand TC and TCAck messages Even if s...

Страница 375: ...SVC with Connection Trace Initiated from I1 on Switch 1 In Figure 11 2 the following information is obtained from the trace Switch 1 Outgoing Interface I1 Switch 2 Outgoing Interface I2 Switch 3 Outgoing Interface NPI 2 If the option to collect VPI or VCI information is specified for the example in Figure 11 2 the following information is obtained from the trace connection Switch 1 Outgoing Interf...

Страница 376: ...value on NNI B Outgoing Interface I3 Switch 1 Incoming VPI value on NNI A VCI value on NNI A Outgoing VPI value on NPI 1 VCI value on NPI 1 zero port ID for non PNNI interface interface NPI 1 To initiate a trace connection on a PNNI interface connection use one of the following commands in EXEC configuration mode NPI 1 NPI 2 SW 1 SW 2 SW 3 I1 I2 I3 NNI A NNI B 68506 Command Purpose atm pnni trace ...

Страница 377: ...e request index number displayed in the configuration message to display the specific connection trace for this interface If the request is not accepted an error message similar to one of the following appears Request not accepted 5 requests already active Request not accepted Max 100 requests already stored Request not accepted Invalid parameter values Displaying the Connection Trace Output This ...

Страница 378: ... the Node heading indicate the nodes the connection trace traversed Note The Outgoing port heading indicates the outgoing port of each node The following example displays the nodes and outgoing ports in hexadecimal mode for the specified index number variable for the connections shown in Figure 11 4 Switch_10 show atm pnni trace connection 20 hex only Connection Trace Request index 20 Connection T...

Страница 379: ...Incoming VPI 0 Call Reference Not specified VCI 136 Endpoint Reference 0x6 Time to age 490 seconds Trace Flags Connection Id Call Reference Pass Along Requested Trace Result Trace Completed Normally Node Switch_10 Incoming VPI 0 VCI 136 Call Ref 0x800003 Endpt Ref 0x6 Outgoing Port ATM1 0 1 Node Switch_09 Incoming VPI 0 VCI 384 Call Ref 0x800003 Endpt Ref 0x6 Outgoing Port ATM1 0 3 Node Switch_08 ...

Страница 380: ...oncurrent requests of 5 Note Trace records for both switched and soft VC calls are deleted automatically when that call is cleared If for any reason a soft VC is torn down all existing trace records configured for that soft VC are deleted These records are deleted irrespective of the age timer value This deletion occurs even if the connection is reconfigured again Deleting Connection Trace Request...

Страница 381: ... to delete all of the active and accepted PNNI connection traces Switch clear atm pnni trace connection all The following example displays the clear pnni trace connection delete command with the index number to delete a specific PNNI connection trace Switch clear atm pnni trace connection 100 Designating PNNI Trace Boundaries This section describes how to create PNNI trace boundaries If a trace en...

Страница 382: ...11 66 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL 7396 01 Chapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI PNNI Connection Trace ...

Страница 383: ... Overview page 12 1 Configuring a Template Alias page 12 2 Configuring ATM Filter Sets page 12 3 Configuring an ATM Filter Expression page 12 5 Configuring ATM Interface Access Control page 12 6 ATM Filter Configuration Scenario page 12 8 Filtering IP Packets at the IP Interfaces page 12 9 Configuring Per Interface Address Registration with Optional Access Filters page 12 13 Access Control Overvie...

Страница 384: ...e creates a template alias named training using the ATM address template 47 1328 and the ellipses to fill in the trailing 4 bit hexadecimal digits in the address Switch config atm template alias training 47 1328 The following example creates a template alias named bit_set with the ATM address template 47 9f9 1 0 88ab that matches the four addresses that begin with the following 47 9F9 1000 88AB 47...

Страница 385: ...f9 1 0 88ab atm template alias byte_wise 47 9 f8 33 information deleted Configuring ATM Filter Sets To create an ATM address filter or time of day filter use the following command in global configuration mode Examples The following example creates a filter named filter_1 that permits access to the specific ATM address 47 0000 8100 1234 0003 c386 b301 0003 c386 b301 00 Switch config atm filter set ...

Страница 386: ...ilter named filter_5 that denies access to all ATM addresses described by the ATM template alias bad_users Switch config atm filter set filter_5 deny bad_users Switch config atm filter set filter_5 permit default The following example shows how to configure a filter set named tod1 with an index of 2 to deny calls between 11 15 a m and 10 45 p m Switch config atm filter set tod1 index 2 deny time o...

Страница 387: ...rom 0 0 Hrs Till 0 0 Hrs index 4 Configuring an ATM Filter Expression To create global ATM filter expressions perform the following steps in global configuration mode Command Purpose no atm filter set name index number Deletes a global ATM address filter set Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config atm filter expr name term Defines a simple filter expression with only one term and no operators Step 2 ...

Страница 388: ...config atm filter expr training filter_2 xor filter_1 Configuring ATM Interface Access Control To subscribe an ATM interface or subinterface to an existing ATM filter set or filter expression perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Examples The following example shows how to configure access control for outgoing calls on ATM interface 3 0 0 Switch config interface atm 3 ...

Страница 389: ...atm filter set ATM filter set tod1 deny From 11 15 Hrs Till 22 45 Hrs index 2 permit From 0 0 Hrs Till 0 0 Hrs index 4 ATM filter set tod2 deny From 20 0 Hrs Till 6 0 Hrs index 1 permit From 3 30 Hrs Till 3 30 Hrs index 2 The following command displays the configured ATM filter expressions Switch show atm filter expr training dest filter_1 Command Purpose show atm filter set name Displays a specif...

Страница 390: ...interface 1 0 0 from the workstations directly attached to the Lab Switch but to allow all other calls The Filter Switch denies all calls if the calling party address begins with the prefix 47 0091 8100 0000 2222 2222 FFFF Filter Switch config atm template alias lab sw 47 0091 8100 0000 2222 2222 FFFF Filter Switch config atm filter set filter_1 deny lab sw Filter switch Prefix 47 0092 8100 0000 1...

Страница 391: ...ss Restrict contents of routing updates This section summarizes how to create IP access lists and how to apply them Note This section applies to the IP interfaces only An access list is a sequential collection of permit and deny conditions that apply to IP addresses The ATM switch router software tests addresses against the conditions in an access list one by one The first match determines whether...

Страница 392: ...s access list specification 0 0 0 0 is assumed to be the mask Command Purpose access list access list number deny permit source source wildcard Defines a standard IP access list using a source address and wildcard access list access list number deny permit any Defines a standard IP access list using an abbreviation for the source and source mask of 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 Command Purpose access li...

Страница 393: ... and routing a packet to a controlled interface the software checks the source address of the packet against the access list If the access list permits the address the software transmits the packet If the access list rejects the address the software discards the packet and returns an ICMP host unreachable message If you apply an access list standard or extended that has not yet been defined to an ...

Страница 394: ...permit 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Switch config access list 1 permit 131 108 0 0 0 0 0 0 The last line in the configuration using the deny keyword can be omitted because IP access lists implicitly deny all other access which is equivalent to finishing the access list with the following command statement Switch config access list 1 deny 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 The following access list only allows access for ...

Страница 395: ...address is 128 88 1 2 The keyword established is used only for the TCP protocol to indicate an established connection A match occurs if the TCP datagram has the acknowledgment ACK or RST bits set indicating that the packet belongs to an existing connection Switch config access list 102 permit tcp 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 128 88 0 0 0 0 255 255 established Switch config access list 102 permit tcp 0 ...

Страница 396: ... Switch more system running config Building configuration Current configuration version XX X no service pad Information Deleted interface ATM0 no ip address atm maxvp number 0 interface Ethernet0 ip address 172 20 41 110 255 255 255 0 ip access group 102 out interface ATM3 0 0 no atm auto configuration atm address registration permit matching prefix all groups atm iisp side user atm pvc 100 200 at...

Страница 397: ...3 1 Mapping a Protocol Address to a PVC Using Static Map Lists page 13 7 Policy Based Routing page 13 11 Configuring IP Load Sharing page 13 13 Configuring Classical IP over ATM This section describes configuring a port on a ATM switch router to allow a classical IP over ATM connection to the ATM switch router s route processor and optional ATM router module The following sections describe configu...

Страница 398: ...elease of the system software addressing the interface on the route processor has changed The ATM interface is now called atm0 and the Ethernet interface is now called ethernet0 The old formats atm 2 0 0 and ethernet 2 0 0 are still supported Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config interface atm 0 Switch config if or Switch config interface atm card subcard port Switch config if Selects the route pro...

Страница 399: ...onfig if atm arp server nsap 47 0091 8100 0000 1111 1111 1111 2222 2222 2222 00 Client A config if exit Client A config atm route 47 0091 8100 0000 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 atm 0 internal ESI Example The following example shows how to configure route processor interface ATM 0 of client A in Figure 13 1 using the ESI Client A config interface atm 0 Client A config if atm esi address 0041 0b0a ...

Страница 400: ... if or Switch config interface atm card subcard port subinterface Switch config if Selects the route processor interface or If you are using the optional Catalyst 8540 MSR enhanced ATM router module specifies the ATM interface number Step 2 Switch config if atm nsap address nsap address or Switch config if atm esi address esi selector Specifies the NSAP ATM address of the interface or Specifies th...

Страница 401: ...n active call IP Address TTL ATM Address ATM2 0 0 10 0 0 5 19 21 4700918100567000000000112200410b0a108140 The following example displays the map list configuration of the static map and IP over ATM interfaces Switch show atm map Map list ATM2 0 0_ATM_ARP DYNAMIC arp maps to NSAP 36 0091810000000003D5607900 0003D5607900 00 connection up VPI 0 VCI 73 ATM2 0 0 ip 5 1 1 98 maps to s 36 009181000000000...

Страница 402: ...tch config interface atm 0 Switch config if ip address 11 11 11 11 255 255 255 0 Switch config if atm pvc 0 100 interface atm 0 0 0 50 100 encap aal5snap inarp 10 Displaying the IP over ATM Interface Configuration To show the IP over ATM interface configuration use the following EXEC command Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config interface atm 0 Switch config if or Switch config interface atm card s...

Страница 403: ... point NSAP address for switch virtual channel SVC operation The following sections describe configuring both PVC based and SVC based map lists on the ATM switch router For a more detailed discussion of static map lists refer to the Guide to ATM Technology Configurations for both PVC and SVC map lists are described in the following sections Configuring a PVC Based Map List page 13 7 Configuring an...

Страница 404: ...xit Switch config ip route 1 1 1 1 255 0 0 0 1 1 1 2 Switch config map list yyy Switch config map list ip 1 1 1 2 atm vc 200 Step 4 Switch config if atm pvc vpi a vci a upc upc pd pd rx cttr index tx cttr index interface atm card subcard port vpt vpi b vci b upc upc encap aal encap Configures the PVC Step 5 Switch config if exit Switch config Exits interface configuration mode Step 6 Switch config...

Страница 405: ...d with an interface Different map lists can be associated with different interfaces Command Purpose show atm map Shows the ATM interface map list configuration Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config interface atm card subcard port subinterface Switch config if Specifies an ATM interface and enters interface configuration mode Step 2 Switch config if ip address ip address mask Enters the IP address a...

Страница 406: ...onfig if map group zzz Switch config if exit Switch config map list zzz Switch config map list ip 1 1 1 2 atm nsap 39 1533 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222 2222 00 Displaying the Map List Interface Configuration To show the map list interface configuration use the following EXEC command Example The following example displays the map list configuration at interface ATM 0 Switch show atm map Map l...

Страница 407: ...icy based routing PBR on the Catalyst 8540 MSR and the Catalyst 8540 CSR PBR is supported only on the Enhanced Gigabit interface The IP interface for egress must be supported by the Catalyst 8540 MSR and the Catalyst 8540 CSR Fast switched PBR cannot be enabled because the Catalyst 8540 is a line rate switch When configuring IP QoS to rewrite precedence and PBR to rely on precedence set by an ACL ...

Страница 408: ...R path If the next hop is not accessible the original precedence is retained since the packet flows via DBR destination based routing Figure 13 4 illustrates the supported PBR path for IP packet flow on the Catalyst 8540 MSR and the Catalyst 8540 CSR Figure 13 4 IP Packet Flow for PBR MATCH ON ACL ACL TYPE MATCH ON LENGTH PRESENT NEXT SEQUENCE PRESENT ROUTE MAP GRANT FLAG DBR PATH DBR PATH DBR PAT...

Страница 409: ...s command is only available for Gigabit Ethernet line cards Note This feature should only be used with switches equipped with Enhanced ATM Router Modules This command cannot be used with switches equipped with standard ATM Router Modules Note Per packet load balancing should not be configured on MPLS enabled interfaces Example The following example enables load sharing for TCP packets on ethernet ...

Страница 410: ...packet load balancing should not be configured on MPLS enabled interfaces Example The following example enables load sharing for all IP packets on ethernet interface 0 Switch configure terminal Switch config interface ethernet 0 Switch config if ip load sharing per packet Switch config if exit Switch config epc xpif ip per pack all Step 2 Switch config if exit Exits interface configuration mode St...

Страница 411: ...age 14 2 LANE Configuration Examples page 14 17 LANE Functionality and Requirements LANE uses ATM as a backbone to interconnect existing legacy LANs In doing so LANE allows legacy LAN users to take advantage of ATM s benefits without requiring modifications to end station hardware or software Multiple emulated LANs ELANs which are logically separated can share the same physical ATM network and the...

Страница 412: ...I signalling PVCs on routers and edge LAN switch routers to run LANE However these signalling permanent virtual channels PVCs are automatically configured on the ATM switch router Note The Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 processor and port adapters can be installed in slots 9 through 13 of the Catalyst 5500 switch In this case no physical connection is required between the ATM port adapter ...

Страница 413: ...you can monitor and maintain the components as described in the Monitoring and Maintaining the LANE Components page 14 16 Creating a LANE Plan and Worksheet Draw up a plan and a worksheet for your LANE scenario containing the following information and leaving spaces for the ATM address of each LANE component on each subinterface of each participating router or switch router The component and inter...

Страница 414: ...ly to assigning LANE components to the major ATM interface and its subinterfaces The LECS always runs on the major interface The assignment of any other component to the major interface is identical to assigning that component to the 0 subinterface The server and the client of the same emulated LAN can be configured on the same subinterface Clients of two different emulated LANs cannot be configur...

Страница 415: ... interfaces see Chapter 25 Configuring ATM Router Module Interfaces Figure 14 2 shows the single emulated LAN example network Figure 14 2 LANE Plan Example Network The following information describes the LANE plan in Figure 14 2 LECS Location ATM_Switch Interface atm 0 ATM address 47 00918100000000E04FACB401 00E04FACB405 00 LES Location Switch_1 Interface Subinterface atm 0 1 Type Ethernet ATM add...

Страница 416: ...ate ELANs Continue with the following sections to start configuring LANE on your ATM network Displaying LANE Default Addresses To make configuration easier you should display the LANE default addresses for each router or switch router that is running any of the LESs or services and write down the displayed addresses on your worksheet To display the default LANE addresses use the following EXEC com...

Страница 417: ...ANs with restricted membership and others with unrestricted membership To set up the LANE database complete the tasks in the following subsections as appropriate for your emulated LAN plan and scenario To set up fault tolerant operation see Configuring Fault Tolerant Operation page 14 15 Setting Up the Database for the Default Emulated LAN Only When you configure a router as the LECS for one defau...

Страница 418: ... the ATM addresses or media access control MAC addresses of any clients with the emulated LAN name To configure a router or switch router as the LECS for multiple emulated LANs with unrestricted membership perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config lane database database name Switch lane config database Creates a named database for the L...

Страница 419: ...ep 7 in the following procedure as you have clients for emulated LANs in all the routers Each client will have a different ATM address in the database entries To set up the configuration server for emulated LANs with restricted membership perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Step 4 Switch lane config database name elan name2 server atm address atm address index n In t...

Страница 420: ...iguration database binds the name of the second emulated LAN to the ATM address of the LES Repeat this step providing a different name and a different ATM address for each additional emulated LAN Step 5 Switch lane config database name elan name2 local seg id seg num Token Ring only In the configuration database specifies the ring number for the second emulated LAN Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStrea...

Страница 421: ...N on a different subinterface or on the same interface of this router or switch router or you can place the servers on a different router When you set up a server and BUS on a router you can combine them with a client on the same subinterface a client on a different subinterface or no client at all on the router Where you put the clients is important because any router with clients for multiple em...

Страница 422: ...me emulated LAN are assigned protocol addresses on the same subnetwork and that clients of different emulated LANs are assigned protocol addresses on different subnetworks For examples of these commands see LANE Configuration Examples page 14 17 Setting Up a Client on a Subinterface On any given router or switch router you can set up one client for one emulated LAN or multiple clients for multiple...

Страница 423: ...w to configure a client for emulated LAN on an ATM router module subinterface Switch config interface atm 10 0 1 1 Switch config if ip address 172 16 4 0 255 255 0 0 Switch config if lane client ethernet elan_1205 For additional examples of these commands see LANE Configuration Examples page 14 17 Configuring a LAN Emulation Client on the ATM Switch Router This section explains how to configure a ...

Страница 424: ... route processor interface to emulate an Ethernet connection using the automatic ATM address assignment Switch config atm lecs address 47 0091 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 00 Switch config interface atm 0 Switch config if lane client ethernet eng_elan For additional examples of these commands see LANE Configuration Examples page 14 17 For LANE client configuration examples on ATM router module in...

Страница 425: ...components are running This includes all the ATM interface cards in our routers and Catalyst switches Fault tolerance is not effective for ATM network or switch router failures Caution For server redundancy to work correctly all ATM switch routers must have identical lists of the global LECS addresses in the identical priority order The operating LECSs must use exactly the same configuration datab...

Страница 426: ...on LANE information for all the LANE components and emulated LANs configured on an interface or any of its subinterfaces show lane bus interface atm card subcard port subinterface name elan name brief Displays the global and per VCC LANE information for the BUS configured on any subinterface or emulated LAN show lane client interface atm card subcard port subinterface name elan name brief Displays...

Страница 427: ...not the process of determining the ATM addresses and entering them Note For LANE client configuration examples on ATM router module interfaces see Chapter 25 Configuring ATM Router Module Interfaces Default Configuration for a Single Emulated LAN The following examples show how to configure one Cisco 7505 router one ATM switch and one Catalyst 5500 switch for a single emulated LAN Configurations f...

Страница 428: ...n ATM_Switch lane config database end ATM_Switch show lane database LANE Config Server database table eng_dbase default elan eng_elan elan eng_elan un restricted server 47 00918100000000E04FACB401 00E04FACB403 01 prio 0 ATM_Switch configure terminal Enter configuration commands one per line End with CNTL Z ATM_Switch config interface atm 0 ATM_Switch config if lane config database eng_dbase ATM_Sw...

Страница 429: ...ddress 47 00918100000000E04FACB401 00E04FACB404 01 ATM_Switch configure terminal Enter configuration commands one per line End with CNTL Z ATM_Switch config interface atm 0 1 multipoint ATM_Switch config subif lane client ethernet eng_elan ATM_Switch config subif end ATM_Switch show lane client LE Client ATM13 0 0 1 ELAN name eng_elan Admin up State operational Client ID 1 LEC up for 30 seconds EL...

Страница 430: ...address 172 16 0 1 255 255 0 0 router1 config subif lane client ethernet eng_elan router1 config subif end router1 more system running config Building configuration Current configuration version 11 1 Information deleted interface ATM3 0 no ip address atm pvc 1 0 5 qsaal atm pvc 2 0 16 ilmi interface ATM3 0 1 midpoint lane client ethernet eng_elan information deleted end router1 show interfaces atm...

Страница 431: ...ce atm 0 1 multipoint ATM config subif lane client ethernet 1 eng_elan ATM config subif end ATM show lane client LE Client ATM0 1 ELAN name eng_elan Admin up State operational Client ID 3 LEC up for 24 seconds Join Attempt 11 HW Address 00e0 4fac b030 Type ethernetMax Frame Size 1516 VLANID 1 ATM Address 47 00918100000000E04FACB401 00E04FACB030 01 VCD rxFrames txFrames Type ATM Address 0 0 0 confi...

Страница 432: ... 96 2 0080 1c93 8060 47 00918100000000E04FACB401 00801C938060 01 LE BUS ATM13 0 0 1 ELAN name eng_elan Admin up State operational type ethernet Max Frame Size 1516 ATM address 47 00918100000000E04FACB401 00E04FACB404 01 data forward vcd 93 2 members 95 packets 0 unicasts lecid vcd pkts ATM Address 1 92 95 47 00918100000000E04FACB401 00E04FACB402 01 2 97 42 47 00918100000000E04FACB401 00801C938060 ...

Страница 433: ...configuration commands one per line End with CNTL Z Switch config atm lecs address default 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00000C407575 00 Switch config end Switch Router 1 router1 configure terminal Enter configuration commands one per line End with CNTL Z router1 config lane database eng_dbase router1 lane config database name eng_elan server atm address 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00000C407573 01 r...

Страница 434: ...tipoint ATM config subif lane client tokenring 1 eng_elan ATM config subif end ATM ATM Switch Switch configure terminal Enter configuration commands one per line End with CNTL Z Switch config interface atm 0 1 multipoint Switch config subif ip address 172 16 0 4 255 255 0 0 Switch config subif lane client tokenring eng_elan Switch config subif LANE 5 UPDOWN ATM13 0 0 1 elan LE Client changed state...

Страница 435: ...for the Token Ring LANE client in the ATM switch router ATM_Switch show lane client LE Client ATM13 0 0 1 ELAN name eng Admin up State operational Client ID 3 LEC up for 4 minutes 58 seconds Join Attempt 1 HW Address 0060 3e7b 2002 Type token ring Max Frame Size 4544 ATM Address 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00603E7B2002 01 VCD rxFrames txFrames Type ATM Address 0 0 0 configure 47 00918100000000603E...

Страница 436: ...er 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00000C407575 00 note is the subinterface number byte in hex ATM Switch Router Switch show lane default atm address interface ATM2 0 0 LANE Client 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00603E7B2002 LANE Server 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00603E7B2003 LANE Bus 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00603E7B2004 LANE Config Server 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00603E7B2005 00 note is the subi...

Страница 437: ...e to up router1 config subif end router1 ATM Switch Router Switch configure terminal Enter configuration commands one per line End with CNTL Z Switch config lane database example1_backup Switch lane config database name eng server atm address 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00000C407573 01 Switch lane config database name eng server atm address 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00603E7B2003 01 Switch lane c...

Страница 438: ...es interface ATM3 0 LANE Client 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00000C407572 LANE Server 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00000C407573 LANE Bus 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00000C407574 LANE Config Server 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00000C407575 00 note is the subinterface number byte in hex ATM Switch Switch show lane default atm address interface ATM2 0 0 LANE Client 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00603E7B20...

Страница 439: ...state to up router1 config subif end router1 ATM Switch Switch configure terminal Enter configuration commands one per line End with CNTL Z Switch config lane database example1_backup Switch lane config database name eng server atm address 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00000C407573 01 Switch lane config database name eng server atm address 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00603E7B2003 01 Switch lane conf...

Страница 440: ...07575 00 incoming call vcd 88 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00603E7B2005 00 me ATM Address of this LECS 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00603E7B2005 00 auto vcd rxCnt txCnt callingParty 88 0 0 47 00918100000000603E7B2001 00000C407575 00 LECS cumulative total number of unrecognized packets received so far 0 cumulative total number of config requests received so far 0 cumulative total number of config fai...

Страница 441: ...r the emulated LAN This example uses all LANE default settings For example it does not explicitly set ATM addresses for the different LANE components that are colocated on the router Membership in this emulated LAN is not restricted see Figure 14 5 Figure 14 5 Single Emulated Token Ring LAN with Token Ring Switch Router router show lane default atm addresses interface ATM0 LANE Client 47 009181000...

Страница 442: ...ig if atm pvc 1 0 5 qsaal router config if atm pvc 2 0 16 ilmi router config if lane config auto config atm address router config if lane config database example1 router config if LANE 5 UPDOWN ATM0 database example1 LE Config Server LECS changed state to up router config if interface atm 3 0 1 router config subif ip address 172 16 0 1 255 255 0 0 router config subif lane server bus tokenring eng ...

Страница 443: ...ote The ATM accounting and ATM RMON features both require a minimum of 32 MB of dynamic random access memory DRAM installed on the multiservice route processor If you want to run both ATM accounting and ATM RMON features together you must have 64 MB of DRAM Configuring ATM Accounting The following sections describe the process used to enable and configure the ATM accounting feature on the ATM swit...

Страница 444: ...es connected to the exterior Internet are connections that require monitoring for accounting and billing purposes Switching speeds and number of VCs supported by the ATM switch router while monitoring virtual circuit use for accounting purposes can cause the amount of data to be gathered to reach the megabyte range With such a large amount of data in the ATM accounting files using traditional Simp...

Страница 445: ...ng feature runs in the background and captures configured accounting data for VC changes such as calling party called party or start time and connection type information for specific interfaces to a file Caution Enabling ATM accounting could slow the basic operation of the ATM switch router Note Even when ATM accounting is disabled globally other ATM accounting commands both global and for individ...

Страница 446: ... interface 1 0 3 Switch config interface atm 1 0 3 Switch config if atm accounting Displaying the ATM Accounting Interface Configuration To display the ATM accounting status use the following privileged EXEC command Example The following display shows that ATM accounting is enabled on ATM interface 1 0 3 Switch more system running config Building configuration Current configuration information del...

Страница 447: ...xample SVC and PVC If you modify a selection entry list the new value is used the next time the data collection cycle begins for example the next time the ATM accounting collection file swap occurs Note The following ATM accounting MIB objects are not supported atmAcctngTransmittedClp0Cells object number 16 atmAcctngReceivedClp0Cells object number 18 atmAcctngCallingPartySubAddress object number 3...

Страница 448: ...accounting selection configuration mode and configure the selection list to include object number 20 atmAcctngTransmitTrafficDescriptorParam1 Switch config atm accounting selection 1 Switch config acct sel list 00001000 Displaying ATM Accounting Selection Configuration To display the ATM accounting status use the following EXEC command Example The following example shows the ATM accounting status ...

Страница 449: ...ctng_file1 and configure a short description to be displayed in the show atm accounting file display and the file header Switch config atm accounting file acctng_file1 Switch config acct file description Main accounting file for engineering The following example shows how to enable ATM accounting file configuration mode for acctng_file1 Switch config atm accounting file acctng_file1 Switch config ...

Страница 450: ...ng EXEC command Switch show atm accounting ATM Accounting Info AdminStatus UP OperStatus UP Trap Threshold 90 percent 4500000 bytes Interfaces File Entry 1 Name acctng_file1 Descr atm accounting data Min age seconds 3600 Failed_attempt C0 Sizes Active 69 bytes records 0 Ready 73 bytes records 0 selection Entry Selection entry 1 subtree 1 3 6 1 4 1 9 10 18 1 1 Selection entry 1 list FF FE BF FC Sel...

Страница 451: ...display the ATM accounting file configuration status use the following EXEC command Example The following example shows the ATM accounting status using the show atm accounting files EXEC command Switch show atm accounting ATM Accounting Info AdminStatus UP OperStatus DOWN Trap Threshold 90 percent 4500000 bytes Interfaces File Entry 1 Name acctng_file1 Descr atm accounting data Min age seconds 360...

Страница 452: ...guration use the following EXEC command Example The following example shows the ATM accounting trap threshold configuration using the show atm accounting command Switch show atm accounting ATM Accounting Info AdminStatus UP OperStatus UP Trap Threshold 90 percent 4500000 bytes Interfaces File Entry 1 Name acctng_file1 Descr atm accounting data Min age seconds 3600 Failed_attempt C0 Sizes Active 69...

Страница 453: ...ring public for ATM accounting Switch config snmp server enable traps atm accounting Switch config snmp server host 1 2 3 4 public atm accounting Displaying SNMP Server ATM Accounting Configuration To display the SNMP server ATM accounting configuration use the following privileged EXEC command Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config snmp server enable traps atm accounting Enables SNMP server ATM acc...

Страница 454: ... public atm accounting information deleted Using TFTP to Copy the ATM Accounting File After the ATM accounting file is written to DRAM you must configure TFTP to allow network requests to copy the accounting information to a host for processing To do this use the following command in global configuration mode Example The following example shows how to allow TFTP service to copy the ATM accounting ...

Страница 455: ... in ASN1 format The first record contains the format of the following records To configure remote logging perform the following steps in global configuration mode The PC or workstation configured as backup takes over collection of ATM accounting records if the primary fails Using the keyword only causes only remote logging to be performed freeing the ATM switch router s memory for other purposes E...

Страница 456: ...witch router The following sections describe the process RMON Overview page 15 14 Configuring Port Select Groups page 15 15 Configuring Interfaces into a Port Select Group page 15 16 Enabling ATM RMON Data Collection page 15 17 Configuring an RMON Event page 15 18 Configuring an RMON Alarm page 15 19 RMON Overview The ATM RMON feature allows you to monitor network traffic for reasons such as fault...

Страница 457: ...An active port select group must be defined before any data collection can begin You can use the command line interface CLI and Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP modules to configure and access port select group structures To configure an RMON port selection group use the following command in global configuration mode Example The following example shows how to configure port selection group ...

Страница 458: ...must be added to the port selection group To configure an interface to an ATM RMON port selection group perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Example The following example shows how to configure ATM interface 0 1 3 to ATM RMON port selection group 6 Switch config interface atm 0 1 3 Switch config if atm rmon collect 6 Displaying the Interface Port Selection Group Confi...

Страница 459: ... following example shows how to display the ATM RMON status for all port selection groups using the show atm rmon status command from user EXEC mode Switch show atm rmon status PortSelGrp 1 Status Enabled Hosts 4 no max Matrix 4 no max ATM0 0 0 ATM0 0 2 PortSelGrp 2 Status Enabled Hosts 0 no max Matrix 0 no max ATM0 0 3 PortSelGrp 3 Status Enabled Hosts 0 no max Matrix 0 no max ATM0 1 0 ATM0 1 1 P...

Страница 460: ...ort 2 owner rubble atm rmon portselgrp 3 host scope 3 matrix scope 3 descr test owner bam_bam atm rmon portselgrp 4 maxhost 1 maxmatrix 5 host scope 1 descr no active ports owner wilma atm rmon portselgrp 5 atm rmon portselgrp 6 matrix prio 1 atm rmon portselgrp 7 host scope 3 matrix scope 3 descr CPU port owner pebbles atm rmon portselgrp 8 atm rmon portselgrp 9 atm rmon enable information delete...

Страница 461: ...ration information To configure RMON alarms use the following command in global configuration mode Example The following example shows how to configure RMON alarm number 1 to generate an alarm under the following conditions If the MIB atmHostHCCells exceed 500 If each sample in absolute mode shows Rising threshold exceeding 10 000 Falling threshold falling below 1000 The RMON alarm number 1 sends ...

Страница 462: ...MP agent A MIB SNMP is an application layer protocol that provides a message format for communication between SNMP managers and agents The SNMP manager can be part of a Network Management System NMS such as CiscoWorks The agent and MIB reside on the ATM switch router To configure SNMP on the ATM switch router you define the relationship between the manager and the agent The SNMP agent contains MIB...

Страница 463: ...he ATM switch router to send SNMP traps use the following commands in global configuration mode Command Purpose Switch config snmp server host host traps informs version 1 2c 3 auth noauth priv community string udp port port notification type Configures the recipient of an SNMP trap operation Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config snmp server engineID remote remote ip addr remote engineID Specifies ...

Страница 464: ...the base IOS documentation See the ATM Switch Router Command Reference document for SNMP configuration commands specifically for the ATM switch router Step 4 Switch config snmp server host host addr traps version 1 2c 3 auth noauth priv groupname notification type Specifies the recipient of the trap message For details on the notification types available see the description of this command in the ...

Страница 465: ...nce is the only way to guarantee data integrity IfIndex persistence also means that the mapping between the ifDescr object values and the ifIndex object values generated from the IF MIB will be retained across reboots For detailed overview and configuration information about this feature see the chapter Interface Index Persistence of the IOS documentation SNMP Examples The following example permit...

Страница 466: ... Trap PDUs SNMP global trap enabled SNMP logging enabled Logging to 172 20 52 3 162 0 10 0 sent 0 dropped The following example shows the SNMP group configuration using the show snmp group privileged EXEC command Switch show snmp group groupname ILMI security model v1 readview ilmi writeview ilmi notifyview no notifyview specified row status active groupname ILMI security model v2c readview ilmi w...

Страница 467: ...he following sections Tag Switching Overview page 16 1 Hardware and Software Requirements and Restrictions Catalyst 8540 MSR page 16 2 Hardware and Software Requirements and Restrictions Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 page 16 2 Configuring Tag Switching page 16 2 Configuring Tag Switching CoS page 16 13 Threshold Group for TBR Classes page 16 17 CTT Row page 16 18 RM CAC Support page 16 18...

Страница 468: ...irst OSPF is the only routing protocol currently supported IP is the only network layer protocol supported Hierarchical VP tunnels cannot co exist on a physical interface with tag switching Hardware and Software Requirements and Restrictions Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 The Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 ATM switch router hardware requirements for tag switching include the follow...

Страница 469: ...oopback interface perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Example In the following example loopback interface 0 is created with an IP address of 1 0 1 11 and a subnet mask of 255 255 255 255 Switch config interface loopback 0 Switch config if ip address 1 0 1 11 255 255 255 255 Switch config if exit Displaying Loopback Interface Configuration The following example shows ...

Страница 470: ...sessions to restart on some parallel interfaces when another parallel interface is shut down Therefore we highly recommend that you unnumber all parallel interfaces to loopback To enable tag switching on the ATM interface perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Examples In the following example ATM interface 1 0 1 is configured for IP unnumbered to loopback interface 0 S...

Страница 471: ...ince the 12 0 1a W5 5b release of the system software addressing the interface on the route processor CPU has changed The ATM interface is now called atm0 and the Ethernet interface is now called ethernet0 Old formats atm 2 0 0 and ethernet 2 0 0 are still supported Example The following is an example of OSPF enabled and assigned process number 10000 All addresses are in area 0 Command Purpose sho...

Страница 472: ...how ip ospf privileged EXEC command Switch show ip ospf Routing Process ospf 10000 with ID 1 0 1 11 Supports only single TOS TOS0 routes SPF schedule delay 5 secs Hold time between two SPFs 10 secs Number of DCbitless external LSA 0 Number of DoNotAge external LSA 0 Number of areas in this router is 1 1 normal 0 stub 0 nssa Area BACKBONE 0 Inactive Number of interfaces in this area is 4 Area has n...

Страница 473: ... the TDP neighbor is a switch The maximum VPI range is 0 to 255 if the TDP neighbor is a switch Displaying the Tag Switching VPI Range To display the tag switching VPI range use the following EXEC command Example The following example shows the tag switching VPI range on ATM interface 1 0 1 Switch show tag switching interfaces detail Interface ATM0 0 3 IP tagging enabled TSP Tunnel tagging not ena...

Страница 474: ...uration between a source switch and destination switch on ATM interface 0 0 1 Note that the VPI and VCI values match on the source switch and destination switch Figure 16 1 Configuring TDP Control Channels Examples In the following example a TDP control channel is configured on the source switch Switch config interface atm 0 0 1 Switch config if ip address 1 2 0 11 255 255 255 0 Switch config if t...

Страница 475: ...agging enabled TSP Tunnel tagging not enabled Tagging operational MTU 4470 ATM tagging Tag VPI 1 Control VC 0 32 information deleted Configuring Tag Switching on VP Tunnels If you want to configure tag switching on virtual path VP tunnels perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Note This procedure is optional Command Purpose show tag switching interfaces detail Displays ...

Страница 476: ...nnumbered loopback 0 Switch config subif tag switching ip Switch config subif exit In the following example ATM interface 0 1 3 on the destination switch has no IP address and PVP 101 is configured for IP unnumbered to loopback interface 0 Switch config interface atm 0 1 3 Switch config if atm pvp 101 Switch config if exit Switch config interface atm 0 1 3 101 Switch config subif ip unnumbered loo...

Страница 477: ...nation switch To connect the permanent virtual path PVP perform the following steps beginning in interface configuration mode Figure 16 3 shows an example configuration on an intermediate switch Figure 16 3 Connecting the VP Tunnels Example In the following example PVP 51 on ATM interface 0 1 1 is connected to PVP 101 on ATM interface 0 1 3 Switch config interface atm 0 1 1 Switch config if atm pv...

Страница 478: ...rge each source destination prefix pair consumes one tag VC on each interface along the path VC merge reduces the tag space shortage by sharing tags for different flows with the same destination Note VC merge support requires FC PFQ on the route processor If you do not have FC PFQ and you try to enable VC merge the TVCs remain point to point Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 VC merge is enabl...

Страница 479: ...ve relative weights The service classes and VCs within a service class are scheduled by their relative weights With tag switching CoS tag switching can dynamically set up to four tag virtual channels TVCs with different service categories between a source and destination TVCs do not share the same QoS classes reserved for ATM Forum VCs VBR RT VBR NRT ABR and UBR The following four new service clas...

Страница 480: ...nd ATM Forum service category mappings for hierarchical VP tunnels Configuring the Service Class and Relative Weight Each service class is assigned a relative weight These weights are configurable and range from 1 to 15 To configure the service class and relative weight on a specific interface perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode ABR 4 1 UBR 5 1 1 Even though the CBR ...

Страница 481: ...connections 0 OAM configuration disabled OAM states Not applicable Cross connect interface ATM0 1 3 10 Type oc3suni Cross connect VPI 10 Cross connect VCI 34 Cross connect UPC pass Cross connect OAM configuration disabled Cross connect OAM state Not applicable Threshold Group 7 Cells queued 0 Rx cells 0 Tx cells 0 Tx Clp0 0 Tx Clp1 0 Rx Clp0 0 Rx Clp1 0 Rx Upc Violations 0 Rx cell drops 0 Rx pkts ...

Страница 482: ...connection traffic table index 63998 Rx service category WRR_1 WRR Bit Rate Rx pcr clp01 none Rx scr clp01 none Rx mcr clp01 none Rx cdvt 1616833580 from default for interface Rx mbs none Tx connection traffic table index 63998 Tx service category WRR_1 WRR Bit Rate Tx pcr clp01 none Tx scr clp01 none Tx mcr clp01 none Tx cdvt none Tx mbs none ...

Страница 483: ...ed bit rate UBR threshold group Table 16 5 shows the threshold group parameters mapped to the connections in all of the TBR classes for the Catalyst 8540 MSR Table 16 6 shows the threshold group parameters mapped to the connections in all of the TBR classes for the Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 ATM switch routers Each threshold group is divided into eight regions Each region has a set of ...

Страница 484: ...d and the row index of that CTT row is returned Since all data TVCs use the same traffic parameters the same CTT row can be used for all TVCs of a particular service category once it is created Note There are no user configurable parameters for the CTT with TVCs RM CAC Support Connection admission control CAC is not supported for tag virtual channels TVCs All TVCs are best effort connections there...

Страница 485: ...ace e0 1 follows router_R5 2 configure terminal router_R5 2 config ip cef switch router_R5 2 config tag switching advertise tags router_R5 2 config interface e0 1 router_R5 2 config if tag switching ip router_R5 2 config if exit router_R5 2 config The configuration between router R5 2 interface e0 2 and R5 3 interface e0 2 follows route_R5 2 config interface e0 2 route_R5 2 config if tag switching...

Страница 486: ...2 0 router_R5 3 config if no shutdown ATM Switch Router A5 4 Configuration The configuration of ATM switch router A5 4 interfaces atm 0 1 1 and atm 0 0 3 follows atm_A5 4 configure terminal atm_A5 4 config interface atm 0 1 1 atm_A5 4 config if no shutdown atm_A5 4 config if ip address 189 24 15 12 255 255 0 0 atm_A5 4 config if tag switching ip atm_A5 4 config if exit atm_A5 4 config tag switchin...

Страница 487: ...lowing benefits IP over ATM scalability Enables service providers to keep up with Internet growth IP services over ATM Brings Layer 2 benefits to Layer 3 such as traffic engineering capability Standards Supports multi vendor solutions Architectural flexibility Offers choice of ATM or router technology or a mix of both This section describes the Multiprotocol Label Switching MPLS distribution proto...

Страница 488: ...MPLS enabled Port channel cannot be VRF enabled Table 16 8 Additional MPLS Configuration Documentation Document Section URL ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide Configuring Tag Switching http www cisco com univercd cc td d oc product atm c8540 12_1 1hous_mt sw_conf tag htm Layer 3 Switching Software Feature and Configuration Guide Tag Switching http www cisco com univercd cc td d oc prod...

Страница 489: ... conversion from the tag switching designations to the equivalent MPLS designations From an historical and functional standpoint Label Distribution Protocol LDP is a superset of the pre standard Cisco Tag Distribution Protocol TDP which also supports MPLS forwarding along normally routed paths For those features that LDP and TDP share in common the pattern of protocol Table 16 9 Equivalency Table ...

Страница 490: ... label as long as those headers always result in the same choice of next hop In effect a label represents a forwarding equivalence class that is a set of packets which however different they may be are indistinguishable to the forwarding function The initial choice of label need not be based exclusively on the contents of the Layer 3 header it can also be based on policy This allows forwarding dec...

Страница 491: ...ablish LDP sessions with those peers to exchange label binding information An LDP label binding is an association between a destination prefix and a label The label used in a label binding is allocated from a set of possible labels called a label space LDP supports two types of label spaces Interface specific An interface specific label space uses interface resources for labels For example LC ATM ...

Страница 492: ...and forwards the packet out ATM interface 0 1 0 The intermediate LSR NetLSR2 takes the labeled packet and pairs the incoming interface and label and then uses a lookup table to determine the outgoing interface and label After swapping the incoming label with the new outgoing label the packet is forwarded out to the next LSR The label swapping process is continued at each LSR until the last LSR The...

Страница 493: ...criptor block to start the following MPLS process on the packet Packet encapsulation is checked and verified Packet is checked for QoS or policing limitations Label and ingress interface data are used to check the TFIB trying to determine the egress label and interface number The TTL field is updated and the label is either replaced with the next hop label or popped deleted if this is the MPLS edg...

Страница 494: ...abel or VPI VCI is appended to the packet just before the destination IP address From this point on through the MPLS network the only information that is checked by the successive LSRs is the label information in the packet When the packet reaches the edge LSR the MPLS label is popped off and subsequent switching is completed using Layer 3 and standard routing practices Configuring Label Edge Rout...

Страница 495: ...he enhanced ATM router module main interface VRF configuration on ATM OC x interfaces is not supported The COS LFIB and Label region in the SDM can be modified using the sdm sram command But the changes only take effect after a switch reload Load Balancing between provider edge PE and provider P switches is not supported The SDM SRAM size for LFIB Label Rewrite and Label COS region does not increa...

Страница 496: ...odule interface an error message similar to the following results ATM x x x is already functioning as mpls edge for ATM y y y Note If you attempt to unlink an ATM interface that is not linked an error message similar to the following results ATM x x x is not linked to ATM y y y Example The following example shows how to link an ATM interface to an enhanced ATM router module interface for LER MPLS ...

Страница 497: ...ge similar to the following results ATM x x x is not linked to ATM y y y Example The following example shows how to link an ATM interface to an enhanced ATM router module interface for LER MPLS functionality Switch configure terminal 8540 ATM PE1 conf interface atm 3 0 0 8540 ATM PE1 conf if tag switching ip 8540 ATM PE1 conf if mpls forwarding interface atm 10 0 1 MPLS Over Fast Ethernet Interfac...

Страница 498: ...he following example shows how to configure a Fast Ethernet interface and link it to the enhanced ATM router module for processing Switch configure terminal Switch conf interface fastethernet 3 0 0 Switch conf if tag switching ip Switch conf if ip address 12 0 0 2 255 0 0 0 Switch conf if mpls forwarding interface ATM2 0 0 Switch conf if end Switch MPLS configuration on a Fast Ethernet interface h...

Страница 499: ... table for each VRF This prevents information being sent outside the VPN and allows the same subnet to be used in several VPNs without causing duplicate IP address problems For additional MPLS configuration documentation refer to the sources in Table 16 10 This section describes how to configure MPLS VPNs on Fast Ethernet and ATM interfaces By linking the interface to an enhanced ATM router module...

Страница 500: ...ps Fast Ethernet Interface Example The following example shows how to configure the Fast Ethernet interface connected to the customer equipment from the PE ATM switch router and links it to the enhanced ATM router module for processing 8540 ATM PE1 configure terminal 8540 ATM PE1 conf interface FastEthernet0 0 0 8540 ATM PE1 conf if ip vrf forwarding vpn1 8540 ATM PE1 conf if ip address 12 0 0 2 2...

Страница 501: ...ider edge devices connecting the customer devices 8540 ATM P is the provider backbone device The autonomous system numbers are configured as follows 75k CE1 is in autonomous system number 104 75k CE2 is in autonomous system number 105 8540 ATM PE1 and 8540 ATM PE2 are configured in autonomous system number 100 Note For this example LDP and IP CEF are running 75k CE1 Configuration The configuration...

Страница 502: ...p address 12 0 0 2 255 0 0 0 mpls forwarding interface ATM2 0 0 end interface ATM11 0 1 ip unnumbered Loopback0 logging event subif link status no atm ilmi keepalive tag switching ip mpls forwarding interface ATM2 0 0 end router ospf 100 log adjacency changes network 22 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 area 100 router bgp 100 bgp log neighbor changes neighbor 24 0 0 1 remote as 100 neighbor 24 0 0 1 update sou...

Страница 503: ...vent subif link status no atm ilmi keepalive tag switching ip mpls forwarding interface ATM2 0 0 end router ospf 100 log adjacency changes network 23 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 area 100 8540 ATM PE2 Configuration The configuration of ATM switch router 8540 ATM PE2 follows ip vrf vpn1 rd 100 1 route target export 100 1 route target import 200 1 interface Loopback0 ip address 24 0 0 1 255 255 255 255 end i...

Страница 504: ...ss family ipv4 vrf vpn1 redistribute connected neighbor 7 0 0 2 remote as 105 neighbor 7 0 0 2 activate no auto summary no synchronization exit address family address family vpnv4 neighbor 22 0 0 1 activate neighbor 22 0 0 1 send community extended exit address family 75k CE2 Configuration The configuration of router 75k CE2 follows interface FastEthernet4 0 ip address 7 0 0 2 255 0 0 0 no ip mrou...

Страница 505: ... ATM RFC 1483 MPLS VPN interface on the ATM switch router perform the following steps Note To configure a VPN on ATM router module multipoint sub interface along with the previously mentioned configuration steps you also need to configure a map list and apply it on the appropriate multipoint subinterface See Chapter 13 Configuring IP over ATM section Configuring a PVC Based Map List section on pag...

Страница 506: ...M2 0 0 8540 ATM PE1 conf if end 8540 ATM PE1 Network Configuration Example Figure 16 9 is an example of an MPLS VPN RFC 1483 network using ATM switch routers Figure 16 9 MPLS VPN ATM 1483 Example Network Figure 16 9 shows an RFC 1483 VPN using the following routers and ATM switch routers 75k CE1 and 75k CE2 are the customer edge devices 8540 ATM PE1 and 8540 ATM PE2 are the provider edge devices c...

Страница 507: ...iguration of ATM switch router 8540 ATM PE1 follows ip vrf vpn1 rd 200 1 route target export 200 1 route target import 100 1 interface Loopback0 ip address 22 0 0 1 255 255 255 255 end interface ATM2 0 0 1 point to point ip vrf forwarding vpn1 ip address 12 0 0 2 255 0 0 0 end interface ATM11 0 2 no ip address atm pvc 3 300 pd on interface ATM2 0 0 1 2 200 encap aal5snap logging event subif link s...

Страница 508: ...ress family 8540 ATM P Configuration The configuration of ATM switch router 8540 ATM P follows interface Loopback0 ip address 23 0 0 1 255 255 255 255 end interface ATM12 0 0 ip unnumbered Loopback0 logging event subif link status no atm ilmi keepalive tag switching ip mpls forwarding interface ATM2 0 0 end interface ATM12 0 2 ip unnumbered Loopback0 logging event subif link status no atm ilmi kee...

Страница 509: ...f link status no atm ilmi keepalive tag switching ip mpls forwarding interface ATM2 0 0 end router ospf 100 log adjacency changes network 24 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 area 100 router bgp 100 bgp log neighbor changes neighbor 22 0 0 1 remote as 100 neighbor 22 0 0 1 update source Loopback0 address family ipv4 vrf vpn1 redistribute connected neighbor 7 0 0 2 remote as 105 neighbor 7 0 0 2 activate no auto...

Страница 510: ...ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL 7396 01 Chapter 16 Configuring Tag Switching and MPLS MPLS VPNs router bgp 105 bgp log neighbor changes redistribute connected neighbor 7 0 0 1 remote as 100 ...

Страница 511: ...mation about ATM signalling protocols refer to the Guide to ATM Technology For complete descriptions of the commands mentioned in this chapter refer to the ATM Switch Router Command Reference publication This chapter includes the following sections Configuring Signalling IE Forwarding page 17 2 Configuring ATM SVC Frame Discard page 17 3 Configuring E 164 Addresses page 17 4 Configuring Signalling...

Страница 512: ...signalling of all forwarded IEs on ATM interface 0 0 0 Switch config interface atm 0 0 0 Switch config if no atm signalling ie forward all Displaying the Interface Signalling IE Forwarding Configuration To display the interface signalling IE forwarding configuration use the following privileged EXEC command Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config interface atm card subcard port Switch config if Selec...

Страница 513: ...elect the criteria used to install frame discard on switched virtual channels SVCs The default is to install packet discard based on the presence of the ATM adaptation layer 5 AAL5 information element in the SETUP message Note The term frame discard is referred to as packet discard on ATM switch router virtual circuits You can use this global configuration function to modify frame discard for all ...

Страница 514: ...ard configuration use the following privileged EXEC command Example The following example shows how to display the frame discard configuration Switch more system running config Building configuration Current configuration version XX X no service pad service udp small servers service tcp small servers hostname Switch network clock select 1 ATM0 0 0 network clock select 4 ATM0 0 0 ip host routing no...

Страница 515: ...slation table manually This feature is not recommended for most networks Caution Manually creating the E 164 to AESA address translation table is a time consuming and error prone process We strongly recommend that you use either the E 164 gateway or E 164 autoconversion feature instead of the E 164 one to one address translation feature Configuring E 164 Gateway The E 164 gateway feature allows ca...

Страница 516: ...Internal prefix E Exterior prefix SE Summary Exterior prefix SI Summary Internal prefix ZE Suppress Summary Exterior ZI Suppress Summary Internal P T Node Port St Lev Prefix S E 1 ATM0 1 0 DN 0 47 0091 8100 0000 0001 72 P SI 1 0 UP 0 47 0091 8100 0000 0002 eb1f fe00 104 R I 1 ATM2 0 0 UP 0 47 0091 8100 0000 0002 eb1f fe00 0002 eb1f fe00 152 R I 1 ATM2 0 0 UP 0 47 0091 8100 0000 0002 eb1f fe00 4000...

Страница 517: ...mpleted IF Side Network IF type NNI Uni type not applicable Uni version not applicable Max VPI bits 8 Max VCI bits 14 Max VP 255 Max VC 16383 ConfMaxSvpcVpi 255 CurrMaxSvpcVpi 255 ConfMaxSvccVpi 255 CurrMaxSvccVpi 255 ConfMinSvccVci 35 CurrMinSvccVci 35 Svc Upc Intent pass Signalling Enabled ATM Address for Soft VC 47 0091 8100 0000 0041 0b0a 1081 4000 0c80 0010 00 ATM E164 Address 7654321 informa...

Страница 518: ... E164_AESA your network uses To configure E 164 address autoconversion perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Examples In the following example a static route is configured on interface 0 0 1 using the ATM address of the ATM switch router on the opposite side of the E 164 public network E 164 autoconversion is also enabled Switch config atm route 45 000007654321111F atm...

Страница 519: ...t Conns 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 Logical ports VP tunnels 0 Input cells 0 Output cells 0 5 minute input rate 0 bits sec 0 cells sec 5 minute output rate 0 bits sec 0 cells sec Input AAL5 pkts 0 Output AAL5 pkts 0 AAL5 crc errors 0 Configuring E 164 Address One to One Translation Table The ATM interface to a public network commonly uses an E 164 address for ATM signalling with international code designato...

Страница 520: ...11111 112233445566 11 Switch config atm e164 e164 address 2222222 nsap address 22 222222222222222222222222 112233445566 22 Switch config atm e164 e164 address 3333333 nsap address 33 333333333333333333333333 112233445566 33 Displaying the ATM E 164 Translation Table Configuration To display the ATM E 164 translation table configuration use the following privileged EXEC commands Command Purpose Ste...

Страница 521: ...Switch show atm interface atm 0 0 1 Interface ATM0 0 1 Port type oc3suni IF Status DOWN Admin Status administratively down Auto config enabled AutoCfgState waiting for response from peer IF Side Network IF type UNI Uni type Private Uni version V3 0 Max VPI bits 8 Max VCI bits 14 Max VP 255 Max VC 16383 ConfMaxSvpcVpi 255 CurrMaxSvpcVpi 255 ConfMaxSvccVpi 255 CurrMaxSvccVpi 255 ConfMinSvccVci 35 Cu...

Страница 522: ...of the rejected call Step 5 Switch config atmsig diag called address mask nsap address mask1 Configures a filtering criteria based on the called address mask value used to identify the valid bits of the calling NSAP address of the rejected call Step 6 Switch config atmsig diag calling nsap address nsap address Configures a filtering criteria based on the calling NSAP address of the rejected call S...

Страница 523: ...ted based on the called address mask of the call Switch config atm signalling diagnostics 1 Switch cfg atmsig diag called address mask ff ff ff 00 The following example shows how to configure filter criteria for calls rejected based on the connection type Switch config atm signalling diagnostics 1 Switch cfg atmsig diag cast type p2p p2mp The following example shows how to configure the filter ent...

Страница 524: ...rge The following example shows how to configure filter criteria for calls that failed internally in the switch Switch config atm signalling diagnostics 1 Switch cfg atmsig diag scope internal The following example shows how to configure filter criteria in signalling diagnostics index 1 for call failures based on the service category Switch config atm signalling diagnostics 1 Switch cfg atmsig dia...

Страница 525: ...itch show atm signalling diagnostics filter 1 F I L T E R I N D E X 1 Scope internal Cast Type p2mp Connection Kind soft vc Service Category CBR Constant Bit Rate UBR Unspecified Bit Rate Clear Cause 0 Initial TimerValue 600 Max Records 20 NumMatches 0 Timer expiry 600 Incoming Port ATM0 0 1 Outgoing Port ATM0 1 1 Calling Nsap Address 47 111122223333444455556666 777788889999 00 Calling Address Mas...

Страница 526: ...UG interlock codes are generated and used only within this network You implement CUG procedures only if you configure the interface as an access interface Each access interface can be configured to permit or deny calls either from users attached to this interface or to unknown users who are not members of this interface s CUGs In International Telecommunications Union Telecommunications Standardiz...

Страница 527: ...l CUG Switch config interface atm 3 0 0 Switch config if atm signalling cug access permit unknown cugs both direction permanent Switch config if atm signalling cug assign interlock code 4700918100000000603E5A790100603E5A790100 12345678 preferential Displaying the CUG To display the global CUG configuration use the following privileged EXEC commands Table 17 1 Cisco CUG and ITU T CUG Terminology Co...

Страница 528: ...Permit calls from unknown CUGs to User User To Network outgoing access Permit permanent calls to unknown groups The following example displays the CUG global configuration using the more system running config command Switch more system running config Building configuration Current configuration version XX X no service pad service udp small servers service tcp small servers hostname ls1010 2 atm si...

Страница 529: ...t MTP SVC 0 Port requests 0 Source route requests 0 Conn Pending 0 Conn Pending High Water Mark 1 Calls Throttled 0 Max Conn Pending 40 Messages Incoming Outgoing PTP Setup Messages 0 0 MTP Setup Messages 0 0 Release Messages 0 0 Restart Messages 0 0 Message Received Transmitted Tx Reject Rx Reject Add Party Messages 0 0 0 0 Failure Cause Routing CAC Access list Addr Reg Misc Failure Location Loca...

Страница 530: ...ignalling and ILMI on ATM0 1 2 Multipoint to Point Funnel Signalling Multipoint to point funnel signalling funneling merges multiple incoming switched virtual channels SVCs into a single outgoing SVC This feature supports the Microsoft Corporation Proprietary Funnel Join or Flow Merge Protocol No configuration is necessary to enable this feature For a complete description refer to the Guide to ATM...

Страница 531: ...tatus Status Status Reg State State State ATM0 0 0 UP up done UpAndNormal Active 2way_in ATM0 0 1 DOWN down waiting n a Idle n a ATM0 0 2 UP up done UpAndNormal Active 2way_in ATM0 0 3 UP up done UpAndNormal Active 2way_in ATM0 0 3 55 UP up waiting WaitDevType Idle n a ATM0 0 3 60 UP up waiting WaitDevType Idle n a ATM0 0 3 65 UP up waiting WaitDevType Idle n a ATM0 1 0 UP up n a UpAndNormal Activ...

Страница 532: ...17 22 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL 7396 01 Chapter 17 Configuring Signalling Features Multipoint to Point Funnel Signalling ...

Страница 533: ...timing from the received data stream ideal for public network connections Timing synchronized to a selected master clock port required to distribute a single clock across a network The plug and play mechanisms of the ATM switch router allow it to come up automatically All configuration information for interface modules can be saved between hot swaps and switch router reboots The switch router auto...

Страница 534: ... Mbps port adapters The cables have a 96 pin Molex connector with a multileg RJ 45 cable assembly That is multiple RJ 45 cables branch off from one large 96 pin Molex connector You can choose either a 4 port version with four RJ 45 cables or a 12 port version with 12 RJ 45 cables Each 25 6 Mbps ATM port can be used for workgroup links Each port complies with the ATM Forum PHY standard for 25 6 Mbp...

Страница 535: ...0 0 Switch config if atm uni type private See Troubleshooting the Interface Configuration page 18 17 to confirm your interface configuration Configuring 155 Mbps SM MM and UTP Interfaces The 155 Mbps Synchronous Optical Network SONET Synchronous Transport Signal level 3 Synchronous Digital Hierarchy STS3c SDH Synchronous Transport Module level 1 STM1 port adapter used for intercampus or wide area ...

Страница 536: ...following defaults are assigned to all 155 Mbps interfaces ATM interface type UNI UNI version 3 0 Maximum virtual path identifier VPI bits 8 Maximum virtual channel identifier VCI bits 14 ATM interface side network ATM UNI type private Framing sts 3c Clock source network derived Synchronous Transfer Signal STS stream scrambling on Cell payload scrambling on Manual 155 Mbps Interface Configuration ...

Страница 537: ...rfaces that connect to the OC 3c MMF STS 3c STM1 physical layer The Catalyst 8540 MSR supports up to eight OC 3c interface modules per chassis with a maximum of 128 OC 3c interface ports Note You can configure traffic pacing on the interfaces to allow the aggregate output traffic rate on any interface to be set to a rate below the line rate This feature is useful when communicating with a slow rec...

Страница 538: ...links The 622 Mbps SONET STS12 SDH STM4 port adapter has a single port You can configure your switch with only the number and type of interfaces required with up to eight 622 Mbps interface ports Note The configuration instructions in this section also apply to the ATM Fabric Integration Module The port adapter supports an SC type connector and receive and transmit LEDs give quick visual indicatio...

Страница 539: ...lowing defaults are assigned to all 622 Mbps interfaces ATM interface type UNI UNI version 3 0 Maximum VPI bits 8 Maximum VCI bits 14 ATM interface side network ATM UNI type private Framing sts 12c Clock source network derived STS stream scrambling on Cell payload scrambling on Reporting alarms SF SLOS SLOF B1 TCA B2 TCA PLOP B3 TCA Path trace message free format 64 byte string containing path inf...

Страница 540: ...bcard for the full width 622 Mbps interface module is always zero Specifies the ATM interface and enters interface configuration mode Step 2 Switch config if atm uni side network user type private public version 3 0 3 1 4 0 Modifies the ATM interface side type or version Step 3 Switch config if atm maxvpi bits max vpi bits Modifies the maximum VPI bits configuration Step 4 Switch config if atm max...

Страница 541: ...single mode intermediate reach interface module or a new multimode module You can configure your Catalyst 8540 MSR with only the number and type of interfaces required up to 32 622 Mbps interface ports using the full width interface module The interface module supports an SC type connector and receive and transmit LEDs give quick visual indications of port status and operation Default OC 12c ATM I...

Страница 542: ...onfig if 1 The subcard for the full width 622 Mbps interface module is always zero Specifies the ATM interface and enters interface configuration mode Step 2 Switch config if atm uni side network user type private public version 3 0 3 1 4 0 Modifies the ATM interface side type or version Step 3 Switch config if atm maxvpi bits max vpi bits Modifies the maximum VPI bits configuration Step 4 Switch ...

Страница 543: ... OC 12 ports or up to eight OC 48c ports The OC 48c interface module supports a dual SC type connector Refer to your hardware installation guide for more information The OC 48c interface module is used for intercampus or wide area links This interface module is functionally similar to the current OC 3c and OC 12c interfaces but operates at a faster speed OC 48c supports both UNI and NNI as well as...

Страница 544: ...ion mode Step 2 Switch config if atm uni side network user type private public version 3 0 3 1 4 0 Modifies the ATM interface side type or version Step 3 Switch config if atm maxvpi bits max vpi bits Modifies the maximum VPI bits configuration Step 4 Switch config if atm maxvci bits max vci bits Modifies the maximum VCI bits configuration Step 5 Switch config if sonet stm 16 sts 48c Modifies the f...

Страница 545: ...eiver or when connected to public networks with peak rate tariffs Note Network clocking configuration options are applicable only to DS3 quad interfaces Default DS3 and E3 ATM Interface Configuration without Autoconfiguration If ILMI has been disabled or if the connecting end node does not support ILMI the following defaults are assigned to all DS3 or E3 interfaces ATM interface type UNI UNI versi...

Страница 546: ...guration page 18 17 to confirm your interface configuration Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config network clock select priority atm card subcard port Configures the network derived clock Step 2 Switch config interface atm card subcard port Switch config if Specifies an ATM interface and enters interface configuration mode Step 3 Switch config if atm uni side private public type network user version...

Страница 547: ...t status and operation Traffic pacing allows the aggregate output traffic rate on any port to be set to a rate below the line rates This feature is useful when communicating with a slow receiver or when connected to public networks with peak rate tariffs Default T1 and E1 ATM Interface Configuration without Autoconfiguration If ILMI is disabled or if the connecting end node does not support ILMI t...

Страница 548: ...side private public type network user version 3 0 3 1 4 0 Modifies the ATM interface side type or version Step 4 Switch config if atm maxvpi bits max vpi bits Modifies the maximum VPI bits configuration Step 5 Switch config if atm maxvci bits max vci bits Modifies the maximum VCI bits configuration Step 6 Switch config if framing esfadm esfplcp sfadm sfplcp Switch config if framing crc4adm crc4plc...

Страница 549: ...scribes commands that you can use to confirm that the hardware software and interfaces for the ATM switch router are configured as intended Table 18 1 Configuration Testing Commands Command Purpose show version Confirms the correct version and type of software installed show hardware Confirms the type of hardware installed in the system show interfaces Confirms the type of hardware installed in th...

Страница 550: ...18 18 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL 7396 01 Chapter 18 Configuring Interfaces Troubleshooting the Interface Configuration ...

Страница 551: ...s mentioned in this chapter refer to the ATM Switch Router Command Reference publication For hardware installation and cabling instructions refer to the ATM and Layer 3 Port Adapter and Interface Module Installation Guide This chapter includes the following sections Overview of CES T1 E1 Interfaces page 19 2 Configuring CES T1 E1 Interfaces page 19 4 General Guidelines for Creating Soft PVCs for C...

Страница 552: ...8540 MSR up to 64 CES T1 E1 interfaces Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 up to 32 CES T1 E1 interfaces Connectors Supported The CES T1 port adapters support UTP connectors and the CES E1 port adapters support UTP foil twisted pair or 75 ohm BNC connectors Status and carrier detect LEDs on each port give quick visual indications of port status and operation For detailed network management supp...

Страница 553: ...ne build out LBO 0 to 110 feet Cell delay variation 2000 microseconds Channel associated signalling CAS FALSE Partial fill 47 AAL1 service type unstructured AAL1 clock mode synchronous Table 19 1 CES Module Framing and Line Coding Options Module Framing Options and Description Line Coding Options CES T1 port adapter Super Frame SF Extended Super Frame ESF ami or b8zs b8zs is the default CES E1 por...

Страница 554: ...rd subcard port Switch config if Selects the physical interface to be configured and enters global configuration mode Step 2 Switch config if shutdown Disables the interface Step 3 Switch config if ces aal1 service structured unstructured Configures the service type The default is unstructured Step 4 Switch config if ces aal1 clock adaptive srts synchronous Configures the type of clocking Note For...

Страница 555: ...110 110_220 220_330 330_440 440_550 550_660 660_above square_pulse Configures the line build out The default is 0_110 Step 9 Switch config if ces dsx1 linecode ami b8zs Switch config if ces dsx1 linecode ami hdb3 Configures CES T1 line code type The default is b8zs Configures CES E1 line code type The default is hdb3 Step 10 Switch config if ces dsx1 loopback line noloop payload Configures the loo...

Страница 556: ...cifies the circuit identification For unstructured service use 0 For T1 structured service use 1 through 24 For E1 structured service use 1 through 31 Specifies the destination address of the soft PVC Specifies the virtual path identifier of the destination PVC Specifies the virtual channel identifier of the destination PVC Configures retry interval timers for a soft PVC as follows Specifies in mi...

Страница 557: ...nfiguring Interfaces to confirm your interface configuration General Guidelines for Creating Soft PVCs for Circuit Emulation Services You can create either hard permanent virtual channels PVCs or soft PVCs for unstructured or structured CES depending on your particular CES application requirements The main difference between hard and soft PVCs is rerouting in case of failure as follows A hard PVC ...

Страница 558: ...Decide whether you want the state of the soft PVC to match the state of the ports Step 5 Configure the destination passive side of the soft PVC You must configure the destination end of the soft PVC first as this end defines a CES IWF ATM address for that circuit Note If the interface is up you might have to disable it using the shutdown command before you can configure the circuit After configuri...

Страница 559: ...show atm vc interface command Configuring T1 E1 Unstructured Circuit Emulation Services This section provides an overview of unstructured clear channel circuit emulation services and describes how to configure CES modules for unstructured circuit emulation services Overview of Unstructured Circuit Emulation Services Unstructured circuit emulation services in an ATM switch router network emulate po...

Страница 560: ... module For the Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 ATM switch routers use feature card per flow queueing FC PFQ Configuring a Hard PVC for Unstructured CES A CES module converts CBR traffic into ATM cells for propagation through an ATM network CBR traffic arriving on a CES module port must first be segmented into ATM cells This cell stream is then directed to an outgoing ATM or CBR port Note A...

Страница 561: ...witch configure terminal Switch config At the privileged EXEC prompt enters global configuration mode Step 4 Switch config interface cbr card subcard port Switch config if Selects the physical interface to be configured Step 5 Switch config if shutdown Disables the interface Step 6 Switch config if ces aal1 service structured unstructured Configures the CES interface AAL1 service type Step 7 Switc...

Страница 562: ...ting n a Idle n a ATM0 1 3 DOWN shutdown waiting n a Idle n a ATM0 1 7 DOWN down waiting n a Idle n a ATM0 1 ima2 UP up done UpAndNormal Active 2way_in ATM1 0 0 DOWN down waiting n a Idle n a ATM1 0 1 DOWN down waiting n a Idle n a ATM1 0 2 DOWN down waiting n a Idle n a ATM1 0 3 UP up done UpAndNormal Active n a ATM1 1 0 UP up done UpAndNormal Active n a ATM1 1 1 DOWN down waiting n a Idle n a AT...

Страница 563: ...PT Channel in use on this port 1 24 Channels used by this circuit 1 24 Cell Rate 4107 Bit Rate 1544000 cas OFF cell_header 0x100 vci 16 Configured CDV 2000 usecs Measured CDV unavailable De jitter UnderFlow 903952 OverFlow 0 ErrTolerance 8 idleCircuitdetect OFF onHookIdleCode 0x0 state VcAlarm maxQueueDepth 827 startDequeueDepth 437 Partial Fill 47 Structured Data Transfer 0 HardPVC src CBR3 0 0 v...

Страница 564: ...w ces address command to display all the CES IWF ATM addresses currently configured for that node Figure 19 2 displays a soft PVC configured for unstructured CES The soft PVC uses adaptive clocking and the source clock is network derived Note Typically you will configure a soft PVC between CES modules anywhere in your network For simplicity this example and the accompanying procedure describe how ...

Страница 565: ...to choose the destination port Step 2 Switch configure terminal Switch config At the privileged EXEC prompt enters global configuration mode Step 3 Switch config interface cbr card subcard port Switch config if Selects the physical interface to be configured Step 4 Switch config if shutdown Disables the interface Step 5 Switch config if ces aal1 service structured unstructured Configures the CES i...

Страница 566: ...iguration mode Step 3 Switch config interface cbr card subcard port Switch config if Selects the physical interface to be configured Step 4 Switch config if shutdown Disables the interface Step 5 Switch config if ces aal1 service structured unstructured Configures the CES interface AAL1 service type Step 6 Switch config if ces aal1 clock adaptive srts synchronous Configures the CES interface AAL1 ...

Страница 567: ...t command CESwitch show ces circuit Interface Circuit Circuit Type X interface X vpi X vci Status CBR3 0 0 0 Active SoftVC ATM P3 0 3 0 16 UP CBR3 0 1 0 Passive SoftVC ATM P3 0 3 0 1040 UP The following example shows how to display the detailed circuit information for CBR 3 0 1 the destination passive side of the soft PVC shown in Figure 19 2 using the show ces circuit interface cbr command CESwit...

Страница 568: ...of structured n x 64 Kbps circuit emulation services and describes how to configure CES modules for structured circuit emulation services Overview of Structured Circuit Emulation Services An important distinction between structured and unstructured circuit emulation services is that structured circuit emulation services allow you to allocate T1 E1 bandwidth Structured circuit emulation services on...

Страница 569: ...tions For the Catalyst 8540 MSR use the optional clocking module For the Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 ATM switch routers use feature card per flow queueing FC PFQ Configuring a Hard PVC for Structured CES This section describes how to configure a hard permanent virtual channel PVC for structured circuit emulation services Figure 19 3 shows that the hard PVC for structured CES connection ...

Страница 570: ... 1999 Interface IF Admin Auto Cfg ILMI Addr SSCOP Hello Command Purpose Step 1 Switch show ces status Displays information about current CBR interfaces Use this command to choose the source port Step 2 Switch show atm status Displays information about current ATM interfaces Use this command to choose the destination port Step 3 Switch configure terminal Switch config At the privileged EXEC prompt ...

Страница 571: ...p done UpAndNormal Active 2way_in ATM3 1 2 DOWN down waiting n a Idle n a ATM3 1 3 DOWN down waiting n a Idle n a ATM P4 0 0 UP up waiting n a Idle n a CESwitch configure terminal CESwitch config interface cbr 3 0 0 CESwitch config if shutdown CESwitch config if ces aal1 service structured CESwitch config if ces dsx1 clock source network derived CESwitch config if ces dsx1 framing esf CESwitch con...

Страница 572: ...terface CBR3 0 0 Circuit_id 1 Port Type T1 Port State UP Port Clocking network derived aal1 Clocking Method CESIWF_AAL1_CLOCK_SYNC Channel in use on this port 1 3 7 Channels used by this circuit 1 3 7 Cell Rate 4107 Bit Rate 1544000 cas OFF cell_header 0x100 vci 16 Configured CDV 2000 usecs Measured CDV 326 usecs De jitter UnderFlow 1 OverFlow 0 ErrTolerance 8 idleCircuitdetect OFF onHookIdleCode ...

Страница 573: ...e 2 Configuring a Hard PVC page 19 25 For more information about configuring shaped VP tunnels see Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Figure 19 4 shows an example of a how a structured CES circuit can be configured with a shaped VP tunnel Figure 19 4 Structured CES Circuit Configured with a Shaped VP Tunnel Phase 1 Configuring a Shaped VP Tunnel To configure a shaped VP tunnel follow these ...

Страница 574: ... as a CBR VP with a PCR A maximum of 64 shaped VP tunnels can be defined on each of the following interface groups 0 0 x 1 0 x 0 1 x 1 1 x 2 0 x 3 0 x 2 1 x 3 1 x 9 0 x 10 0 x 9 1 x 10 1 x 11 0 x 12 0 x and 11 1 x 12 1 x For further limitations on shaped VP tunnels see the Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Step 5 Switch config if atm pvp vpi hierarchical shaped rx cttr index tx cttr index ...

Страница 575: ...witch config At the privileged EXEC prompt enters global configuration mode Step 4 Switch config interface cbr card subcard port Switch config if Selects the physical interface to be configured Step 5 Switch config if shutdown Disables the interface Step 6 Switch config if ces aal1 service structured unstructured Configures the CES interface AAL1 service type Step 7 Switch config if ces circuit ci...

Страница 576: ... waiting n a Idle n a ATM0 0 ima1 UP up done UpAndNormal Active 2way_in ATM0 1 0 DOWN shutdown waiting n a Idle n a ATM0 1 1 DOWN shutdown waiting n a Idle n a ATM0 1 2 DOWN shutdown waiting n a Idle n a ATM0 1 3 UP up done UpAndNormal Active n a ATM0 1 7 DOWN down waiting n a Idle n a ATM0 1 ima2 UP up done UpAndNormal Active 2way_in ATM1 0 0 DOWN down waiting n a Idle n a ATM1 0 1 DOWN down wait...

Страница 577: ...he following privileged EXEC commands Examples The following example shows how to display the basic information about the hard PVC shown in Figure 19 3 using the show ces circuit command CESwitch show ces circuit Interface Circuit Circuit Type X interface X vpi X vci Status CBR3 1 0 1 HardPVC ATM0 0 0 1 1 101 DOWN CBR3 1 0 2 HardPVC ATM0 0 0 1 1 102 DOWN CBR3 1 0 3 HardPVC ATM0 0 0 1 1 103 DOWN CB...

Страница 578: ...ueued 0 Rx cells 0 Tx cells 0 Tx Clp0 0 Tx Clp1 0 Rx Clp0 0 Rx Clp1 0 Rx Upc Violations 0 Rx cell drops 0 Rx Clp0 q full drops 0 Rx Clp1 qthresh drops 0 Rx connection traffic table index 10 Rx service category CBR Constant Bit Rate Rx pcr clp01 4000 Rx scr clp01 none Rx mcr clp01 none Rx cdvt 1024 from default for interface Rx mbs none Tx connection traffic table index 10 Tx service category CBR C...

Страница 579: ...are configured for the soft PVC as follows For circuit CBR PVC A DS0 channels 1 to 3 and 7 are used on port CBR 3 0 0 For circuit CBR PVC B DS0 channels 10 to 13 are used on port CBR 3 0 3 Channel associated signalling CAS is not enabled For information about configuring a soft PVC with CAS see Configuring a Soft PVC for Structured CES page 19 28 CES AAL1 service is structured and the clock source...

Страница 580: ...the CES interface AAL1 service type Step 6 Switch config if ces dsx1 clock source loop timed network derived Configures the clock source Step 7 Switch config if ces dsx1 framing sf esf Switch config if ces dsx1 framing e1_crc_mfCAS_lt e1_crc_mf_lt e1_lt e1_mfCAS_lt Configures the CES T1 framing type The default is esf Configures the CES E1 framing type For CES E1 the default is e1_lt Step 8 Switch...

Страница 581: ...ame CBR PVC B CESwitch config if no shutdown CESwitch config if ces pvc 1 passive follow ifstate Phase 2 Configuring the Source Active Side of a Soft PVC To configure the source active side of a soft PVC for structured CES follow these steps beginning in privileged EXEC mode Step 11 Switch config if ces pvc circuit id passive follow ifstate Configures the destination passive port circuit status to...

Страница 582: ...ar circuit is CBR3 0 0 1 For structured circuit emulation services the circuit number sequence always begins at 1 for each port in a CES module Step 5 Switch config if ces circuit circuit id timeslots number Configures the following CES connection attributes for the circuit Circuit id number For CES T1 structured service use 1 through 24 For CES E1 structured service use 1 through 31 Note The 0 ci...

Страница 583: ...w unavailable ErrTolerance 8 idleCircuitdetect OFF onHookIdleCode 0x0 state VcActive maxQueueDepth 45 startDequeueDepth 28 Partial Fill 47 Structured Data Transfer 98 Active SoftVC Src atm addr 47 0091 8100 0000 00e0 4fac b401 4000 0c81 8030 10 vpi 0 vci 16 Dst atm addr 47 0091 8100 0000 00e0 4fac b401 4000 0c81 803c 10 The following example shows the interface details for the destination port CBR...

Страница 584: ...uring a soft permanent virtual channel soft PVC for structured CES with both CAS and on hook detection enabled see Configuring a Soft PVC for Structured CES with CAS and On Hook Detection Enabled page 19 37 Note For a detailed description of CAS operation and the on hook detection feature refer to the circuit emulation services topic in the Guide to ATM Technology This section describes how to con...

Страница 585: ...ch configure terminal Switch config At the privileged EXEC mode prompt enters global configuration mode Step 3 Switch config interface cbr card subcard port Switch config if Selects the source interface to be configured Step 4 Switch config if no shutdown Reenables the interface Step 5 Switch config if ces dsx1 signalmode robbedbit Configures the signal mode to robbedbit CES T1 only Step 6 Switch ...

Страница 586: ...tured CES with CAS Enabled To verify the soft PVC with structured CES and CAS enabled use the following EXEC commands Examples The following example displays the details of the CES circuit shown in Figure 19 6 using the show ces circuit command at the privileged EXEC mode prompt CESwitch show ces circuit Interface Circuit Circuit Type X interface X vpi X vci Status CBR3 0 0 0 Active SoftVC ATM P3 ...

Страница 587: ...ailable OverFlow unavailable ErrTolerance 8 idleCircuitdetect OFF onHookIdleCode 0x0 state VcActive maxQueueDepth 45 startDequeueDepth 28 Partial Fill 47 Structured Data Transfer 98 Passive SoftVC Src atm addr 47 0091 8100 0000 00e0 4fac b401 4000 0c81 803c 10 vpi 0 vci 3088 Dst atm addr 47 0091 8100 0000 00e0 4fac b401 4000 0c81 8030 00 Configuring a Soft PVC for Structured CES with CAS and On Ho...

Страница 588: ...d aal1 Clocking Method CESIWF_AAL1_CLOCK_SYNC Channel in use on this port 10 13 Channels used by this circuit 10 13 Cell Rate 698 Bit Rate 256000 cas ON cell_header 0xC100 vci 3088 Configured CDV 2000 usecs Measured CDV unavailable De jitter UnderFlow unavailable OverFlow unavailable ErrTolerance 8 idleCircuitdetect OFF onHookIdleCode 0x2 state VcActive maxQueueDepth 45 startDequeueDepth 28 Partia...

Страница 589: ...ular port A new destination passive side of a soft PVC named CBR PVC CA will be created on port CBR 3 0 2 of the CES module The CES AAL1 service is structured and the clock source is network derived The CES framing is esf and the line code is b8zs Figure 19 7 Configuring Multiple Structured Soft PVCs on the Same CES T1 E1 Port Configuring multiple soft PVCs for structured CES is a two phase proces...

Страница 590: ...ures the CES T1 framing type The default is esf Configures the CES E1 framing type The default is e1_lt Step 6 Switch config if ces dsx1 linecode ami b8zs Switch config if ces dsx1 linecode ami hdb3 Configures the CES T1 line code type The default is b8zs Configures the CES E1 line code type The default is hdb3 Step 7 Switch config if ces circuit circuit id circuit name name timeslots number Confi...

Страница 591: ...rticular circuit is CBR3 0 2 1 For structured circuit emulation services the circuit number sequence always begins at 1 for each port in a CES module Phase 2 Configuring the Source Active Side of Multiple Soft PVCs To configure multiple soft PVCs on the source active side of the same port follow these steps beginning in global configuration mode Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config interface cbr c...

Страница 592: ...me and logical name parameters in the command line the system automatically assigns a unique default name in the form CBRx y z for the circuit being configured For example the default name for this particular circuit is CBR3 0 2 1 For structured circuit emulation services the circuit number sequence always begins at 1 for each port in a CES module Verifying the Creation of Multiple Structured Soft...

Страница 593: ...br command CESwitch show ces circuit interface cbr 3 0 0 2 Circuit Name CBR PVC AC Circuit state ADMIN_UP oper state UP Interface CBR3 0 0 Circuit_id 2 Port Type T1 Port State UP Port Clocking network derived aal1 Clocking Method CESIWF_AAL1_CLOCK_SYNC Channel in use on this port 24 Channels used by this circuit 24 Cell Rate 172 Bit Rate 64000 cas OFF cell_header 0x200 vci 32 Configured CDV 2000 u...

Страница 594: ...segmented into ATM cells This cell stream is then directed to an outgoing ATM or CBR port Configuring T1 E1 Unstructured CES SVCs Figure 19 8 displays a switched VC configured for unstructured CES The switched VC uses adaptive clocking and the source clock is network derived Note Typically you configure a switched VC between CES modules anywhere in your network For simplicity this example and the ...

Страница 595: ... command to choose the destination port Step 2 Switch configure terminal Switch config At the privileged EXEC prompt enters global configuration mode Step 3 Switch config interface cbr card subcard port Switch config if Selects the physical interface to be configured Step 4 Switch config if shutdown Disables the interface Step 5 Switch config if ces aal1 service structured unstructured Configures ...

Страница 596: ...of the circuit Step 3 Switch configure terminal Switch config At the privileged EXEC prompt enters global configuration mode Step 4 Switch config interface cbr card subcard port Switch config if Selects the physical interface to be configured Step 5 Switch config if shutdown Disables the interface Step 6 Switch config if ces aal1 service unstructured Configures the CES interface AAL1 service type ...

Страница 597: ...ing commands to configure the switched VC on CES interface CBR 0 0 0 Switch config terminal Enter configuration commands one per line End with CNTL Z Switch config interface cbr 0 0 0 Switch config if shutdown Switch config if ces aal1 service unstructured Switch config if ces circuit 0 circuit name CBR SVC A Switch config if ces svc 0 dest address 47 0091 8100 0000 0004 ddec d301 4000 0c80 0034 1...

Страница 598: ...vci 16 Configured CDV 2000 usecs Measured CDV 331 usecs De jitter UnderFlow 0 OverFlow 0 ErrTolerance 8 idleCircuitdetect OFF onHookIdleCode 0x0 state VcAlarm maxQueueDepth 823 startDequeueDepth 435 Partial Fill 47 Structured Data Transfer 0 Active SVC Src atm addr 47 0091 8100 0000 0004 ddec d301 4000 0c80 0030 10 vpi 0 vci 16 Dst atm addr 47 0091 8100 0000 0004 ddec d301 4000 0c80 0034 10 The ou...

Страница 599: ... VCI 1040 Destination passive side of PVC DSO 10 13 No CAS Circuit 1 0 1 2 3 S w i t c h i n g F a b r i c Command Purpose Step 1 Switch show ces status Displays information about the current CBR interfaces Use this command to choose the destination port Step 2 Switch configure terminal Switch config At the privileged EXEC prompt enters global configuration mode Step 3 Switch config interface cbr ...

Страница 600: ...n CESwitch config if ces svc 1 passive follow ifstate Step 8 Switch config if ces dsx1 linecode ami b8zs Switch config if ces dsx1 linecode ami hdb3 Configures the CES T1 line code type The default is b8zs Configures the CES E1 line code type The default is hdb3 Step 9 Switch config if ces circuit circuit id timeslots number Configures the following CES connection attributes for the circuit Circui...

Страница 601: ...ured Step 5 Switch config if shutdown Disables the interface Step 6 Switch config if ces aal1 service structured Configures the CES interface AAL1 service type Step 7 Switch config if ces aal1 clock adaptive srts synchronous Optional Configures the AAL1 clock mode Step 8 Switch config if ces circuit circuit id cas cdv max req circuit name name partial fill number shutdown timeslots number on hook ...

Страница 602: ...leted Step 3 Use the following commands to configure the structured switched VC on CES interface CBR 0 0 0 Switch config terminal Enter configuration commands one per line End with CNTL Z Switch config interface cbr 0 0 0 Switch config if shutdown Switch config if ces aal1 service structured Switch config if ces circuit 1 timeslots 1 3 7 Switch config if ces circuit 1 circuit name CBR SVC B Switch...

Страница 603: ... UP Interface CBR0 0 0 Circuit_id 1 Port Type T1 Port State UP Port Clocking network derived aal1 Clocking Method CESIWF_AAL1_CLOCK_SYNC Channel in use on this port 1 3 7 Channels used by this circuit 1 3 7 Cell Rate 683 Bit Rate 256000 cas OFF cell_header 0x100 vci 16 Configured CDV 2000 usecs Measured CDV unavailable De jitter UnderFlow unavailable OverFlow unavaliable ErrTolerance 8 idleCircuit...

Страница 604: ...nous CESwitch config if no shutdown The following example displays the changed configuration information for the circuit using the show ces circuit interface cbr command CESwitch show ces circuit interface cbr 3 0 0 0 Circuit Name CBR PVC A Circuit state ADMIN_UP Interface CBR3 0 0 Circuit_id 0 Port Type T1 Port State UP Port Clocking network derived aal1 Clocking Method CESIWF_AAL1_CLOCK_SYNC Cha...

Страница 605: ... delete a previously established circuit CESwitch show ces circuit Interface Circuit Circuit Type X interface X vpi X vci Status CBR3 0 0 0 HardPVC ATM0 0 0 100 UP CBR3 0 3 0 HardPVC ATM0 0 0 101 UP CESwitch configure terminal CESwitch config interface cbr 3 0 0 CESwitch config if no ces circuit 0 CESwitch config if exit CESwitch config interface cbr 3 0 3 Command Purpose Step 1 Switch show ces ci...

Страница 606: ...em call agents and gateways allows for the call agent to engage in common channel signalling CCS over a 64 Kbps CES circuit governing the interconnection of bearer channels on the CES interface In this system the ATM switch router acts as a voice over ATM gateway For overview information about configuring the SCGP feature refer to the Guide to ATM Technology Operation The network operator can glob...

Страница 607: ...e Switch To enable SGCP operations for the entire switch use the following global configuration command Example The following example shows how to enable SGCP for the entire switch Switch config sgcp Displaying SGCP To display SGCP configuration operational state and a summary of connection activity use the following privileged EXEC command Example The following example displays the SGCP configura...

Страница 608: ...nterface follow these steps beginning in global configuration mode Example The following example shows how to configure the CES port for structured CES with all time slots available for SGCP CES circuit 16 is configured for common channel signalling and specified as a soft permanent virtual channel soft PVC to a circuit on the CES port adapter connected to the call agent Switch config interface cb...

Страница 609: ...ons To display SGCP endpoints use the following EXEC command Note SGCP cannot allocate a CES circuit to a connection if it is already part of a hard or soft PVC Example The following example displays the possible SGCP endpoints on CES interface CBR 1 1 0 Switch show sgcp endpoint interface cbr 1 1 0 Endpt Timeslots Conn State Call ID CBR1 1 0 1 1 no connection CBR1 1 0 2 1 no connection CBR1 1 0 3...

Страница 610: ...quest timer and request retry values are in operation To change the default value of SGCP requests use the global configuration commands as shown in the following table Examples The following example shows how to change the request timeout to 2000 milliseconds Switch config sgcp request timeout 2000 The following example shows how to change the request retry value to 5 Switch config sgcp request r...

Страница 611: ...xample shows how to perform a graceful shutdown Switch config sgcp graceful shutdown Configuring Explicit Paths on CES VCs The explicit path feature enables you to manually configure either a fully specified or partially specified path for routing CES soft permanent virtual channels soft PVC and SVC connections Once these routes are configured up to three explicit paths might be applied to these C...

Страница 612: ...ES E1 structured service use 1 through 31 Enables channel associated signaling for structured service only The default is no channel associated signaling Enables the peak to peak cell delay variation requirement The default is 2000 milliseconds Step 3 Switch config if ces pvc circuit id dest address atm address vpi vpi number vci vci number follow ifstate retry interval first retry interval maximu...

Страница 613: ... service Structured ces circuit 6 timeslots 6 ces circuit 6 shutdown ces svc 6 dest address 47 0091 8100 0000 0010 073c 0101 4000 0c81 903c 60 ces svc 6 redo explicit explicit path 1 identifier 1 only explicit no ces circuit 6 shutdown Switch Configuring Point to Multipoint CES Soft PVC Connections This section describes how to configure point to multipoint CES soft permanent virtual channel PVC c...

Страница 614: ...hese ports is the root The leaves of the connection would be the soft PVC destinations and the root would be the source Step 4 At the destination switch retrieve the CES addresses of the destination end of the soft PVC using the show ces address command Step 5 Configure the source root end of the CES soft PVC At the same time complete the point to multipoint CES soft PVC setup using the informatio...

Страница 615: ...ation Side of a Point to Multipoint Unstructured CES Soft PVC To configure the destination side of a point to multipoint unstructured CES soft PVC connection perform the following steps beginning in privileged EXEC mode 120070 CES Source Dest_One Dest_T wo Address 47 0091 8100 0000 0003 6bb4 c502 4000 0c80 9030 10 VPI 0 VCI 16 CBR 1 1 0 CES PVC 0 Leaf 30 Leaf 101 CBR 1 1 2 CES PVC 0 VPI 0 VCI 2064...

Страница 616: ...End with CNTL Z Dest_One config interface cbr 1 1 0 Dest_One config if Step 3 Shut down the interface you want to configure as the destination of the point to multipoint unstructured CES connection Dest_One config if shutdown Step 4 Configure the destination CES interface AAL1 service type as unstructured Dest_One config if ces aal1 service unstructured Step 5 Configure the destination CES interfa...

Страница 617: ...S addresses of the Dest_One and Dest_Two destination switches as follows For switch Dest_One Dest_One show ces address CES IWF ATM Address es 47 0091 8100 0000 0003 6bb4 c501 4000 0c80 9030 10 CBR1 1 0 0 vpi 0 vci 16 Dest_One Command Purpose Step 1 Dest_One show ces addresses Determines the destination CES address Step 2 Source configure terminal Source config Enters configuration mode from the te...

Страница 618: ...ource config if ces pvc 0 p2mp Source ces p2mp Step 4 Use the party leaf reference command to configure leaf reference 30 and change to point to multipoint party configuration mode Source ces p2mp party leaf reference 30 Source ces p2mp party Step 5 Configure the destination ATM address and the VPI and VCI of the destination connection obtained in Step 1 Source ces p2mp party dest address 47 0091 ...

Страница 619: ...n Side of a Point to Multipoint Structured CES Soft PVC To configure the destination side of a point to multipoint structured CES soft PVC connection perform the following steps beginning in privileged EXEC mode 120899 CES Source Dest_One Dest_Two Address 47 0091 8100 0000 0003 6bb4 c502 4000 0c80 9030 10 VPI 0 VCI 16 CBR 1 1 0 CES PVC 1 Leaf 30 Leaf 101 CBR 1 1 2 CES PVC 1 VPI 0 VCI 2064 Address ...

Страница 620: ... End with CNTL Z Dest_One config interface cbr 1 1 0 Dest_One config if Step 3 Shut down the interface you want to configure as the destination of the point to multipoint structured CES connection Dest_One config if shutdown Step 4 Configure the destination CES interface AAL1 service type as structured Dest_One config if ces aal1 service structured Step 5 Configure the destination CES interface cl...

Страница 621: ...ES addresses of the Dest_One and Dest_Two destination switches as follows For switch Dest_One Dest_One show ces address CES IWF ATM Address es 47 0091 8100 0000 0003 6bb4 c501 4000 0c80 9030 10 CBR1 1 0 1 vpi 0 vci 16 Dest_One Command Purpose Step 1 Dest_One show ces addresses Determines the destination CES address Step 2 Source configure terminal Source config Enters configuration mode from the t...

Страница 622: ...ence 30 Source ces p2mp party Step 5 Configure the destination ATM address and the VPI and VCI of the destination connection obtained in Step 1 Source ces p2mp party dest address 47 0091 8100 0000 0003 6bb4 c501 4000 0c80 9030 10 0 16 Source ces p2mp party exit Step 6 Use the following similar process to configure the soft PVC connection to the Dest_Two switch Source ces p2mp party leaf reference ...

Страница 623: ...it interface cbr command Source show ces circuit interface cbr 4 0 0 0 Circuit Name CBR4 0 0 0 Circuit state ADMIN_UP oper state UP Interface CBR4 0 0 Circuit_id 0 Port Type E1 120ohms Port State UP Port Clocking network derived aal1 Clocking Method CESIWF_AAL1_CLOCK_SYNC Channel in use on this port 1 31 Channels used by this circuit 1 31 Cell Rate 5447 Bit Rate 2048000 cas OFF cell_header 0x100 v...

Страница 624: ...ation mode Examples The following example shows how to remove the entire point to multipoint CES soft PVC connection configured on the CBR interface 4 0 0 for CES circuit 0 Source config interface cbr 4 0 0 Source config no ces circuit 0 The following example shows how to remove only party leaf 1 on the CES soft PVC connection configured on the point to multipoint CES PVC 0 Source config interface...

Страница 625: ...Vc ATM1 0 1 0 35 UP Source Enabling and Disabling the Root of a Point to Multipoint CES Soft PVC To enable or disable the root of a point to multipoint CES soft PVC connection perform the following steps beginning in CES soft PVC point to multipoint configuration mode Note The disable option releases all the parties of the connection and the CES soft PVC connection appears in the NOT_CONNECTED sta...

Страница 626: ...rce config if ces pvc 0 p2mp Source ces p2mp party leaf reference 30 disable Source ces p2mp party Note After disabling a party leaf the CLI changes from CES point to multipoint configuration mode to CES point to multipoint party configuration mode This allows you to modify the party configuration and exit out of the party mode and enable the party leaf again with the modified configurations For e...

Страница 627: ...party leaf of the CES point to multipoint soft PVC is disabled from the interface using the show ces circuit interface cbr command Source show ces circuit interface cbr 4 0 0 0 Circuit Name CBR4 0 0 0 Circuit state ADMIN_UP oper state UP Interface CBR4 0 0 Circuit_id 0 Port Type E1 120ohms Port State UP Port Clocking network derived aal1 Clocking Method CESIWF_AAL1_CLOCK_SYNC Channel in use on thi...

Страница 628: ...s To configure the first and maximum retry intervals for each party of a point to multipoint CES soft PVC connection perform the following steps beginning in CES soft PVC party configuration mode Examples The following example configures the first and maximum retry intervals for each party of a point to multipoint CES soft PVC connection configured on a CBR interface Switch config terminal Enter c...

Страница 629: ...me Relay to ATM interworking refer to the Guide to ATM Technology For complete descriptions of the commands mentioned in this chapter refer to the ATM Switch Router Command Reference publication For hardware installation and cabling instructions refer to the ATM and Layer 3 Port Adapter and Interface Module Installation Guide For a more information on how to configure your Frame Relay specific net...

Страница 630: ...er Figure 20 1 illustrates how a T3 trunk demultiplexes into 28 T1 lines that provide single or multiple time slots mapped across the ATM network These time slots are then multiplexed to form an outgoing T3 bit stream Figure 20 1 T3 T1 Time Slot Mapping Configuration Guidelines In order to configure the CDS3 Frame Relay port adapter physical interface you need the following information Digital tra...

Страница 631: ...ple if you enter 150 feet the 0 to 224 range is used If you later change the cable length to 200 feet there is no change because 200 is within the 0 to 224 range However if you change the cable length to 250 the 225 to 450 range is used The actual number you enter is stored in the configuration file Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config controller t3 card subcard port Switch config controller Speci...

Страница 632: ...n global configuration mode Note You can group either contiguous or noncontiguous time slots on a T1 line Example The following example shows how to configure a channel group with identifier 5 assigning time slots 1 through 5 on T1 line 1 using the channel group command Switch config controller t3 0 1 0 Switch config controller channel group 5 t1 1 timeslots 1 5 Switch config controller Note The e...

Страница 633: ... 0 0 0 0 900 0 11 58 12 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 900 0 11 43 11 58 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 900 0 11 28 11 43 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 900 0 11 13 11 28 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 900 0 10 58 11 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 900 0 Total 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6300 0 Deleting a Channel Group on the CDS3 This section describes two ways to delete a channel group on the CDS3 after it has been configured If you want to delete individual chann...

Страница 634: ...h config controller shutdown Switch config controller no channel group 1 Switch config controller no shutdown Switch config controller end Switch Step 3 Switch config if exit Switch config Exits serial interface configuration mode Step 4 Switch config controller t3 card subcard port Switch config controller Selects the controller interface port and enters controller configuration mode Step 5 Switc...

Страница 635: ... kbps where n is the time slot from 1 to 31 Figure 20 2 illustrates how an E1 trunk with four ports provides single or multiple time slots mapped across the ATM network Each time slot represents a single n x 64 circuit that transmits data at a rate of 64 kbps Multiple n x 64 circuits can be connected to a single port using separate time slots Figure 20 2 E1 Time Slot Mapping Default CE1 Frame Rela...

Страница 636: ...me slots DS0s The transmission rate or bandwidth of the channel group is calculated by multiplying the number of time slots times 64 kbps To configure the channel group perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Example The following example shows how to configure time slots 1 through 5 and 20 through 23 on E1 channel group 5 using the channel group command Switch config co...

Страница 637: ...n customize Frame Relay to ATM for your particular network needs and monitor Frame Relay to ATM connections The following sections outline these tasks Enabling Frame Relay Encapsulation on an Interface page 20 9 Configuring Frame Relay Serial Interface Type page 20 10 For information on how to customize your Frame Relay to ATM connections see Configuring LMI page 20 14 and Configuring Frame Relay ...

Страница 638: ...ely 0 255 load 1 255 Encapsulation FRAME RELAY IETF loopback not set keepalive not set Last input never output never output hang never Last clearing of show interface counters never Input queue 0 75 0 size max drops Total output drops information deleted Configuring Frame Relay Serial Interface Type To configure an interface as a data communications equipment DCE or Network Network Interface NNI t...

Страница 639: ... frame size is one of the parameters in IWF equations used for converting Frame Relay traffic parameters to their equivalent ATM traffic parameters and vice versa The default configuration uses a constant frame size of 250 bytes in the IWF equations For some Frame Relay network configurations this could cause problems such as Frames being dropped if actual frame size is less than 250 bytes Wasted ...

Страница 640: ...g frame size Use that CTTR row while creating a VC PVC or Soft PVC To configure the Frame Relay frame size perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Use the following steps to configure Frame Relay frame size of an interworking soft PVC Step 1 Configure the Frame Relay frame size as part of the CTT row configuration Switch config frame relay connection traffic table row 10...

Страница 641: ...Switch Step 5 Confirm the frame size is configured for the VC using the show vc interface serial command Switch show vc interface serial 1 0 1 1 128 Interface Serial1 0 1 1 Type FRPAM SERIAL DLCI 128 Status ACTIVE Peer Status INACTIVE Connection type PVC Cast type point to point Per VC Overflow Disabled Configured Option is Inherit from Interface Usage Parameter Control UPC tag drop pvc create tim...

Страница 642: ... Tx Be 32768 Tx Frame Size 64 Switch The Rx Frame Size and Tx Frame Size fields display the new VC frame size configuration Step 6 Use the show running config command to confirm GAT is configured on the interface VC Switch show running config interface serial 1 0 1 1 Building configuration Current configuration 268 bytes interface Serial1 0 1 1 no ip address encapsulation frame relay IETF no ip ro...

Страница 643: ...1 1 0 1 LMI Statistics for interface Serial1 1 0 1 Frame Relay NNI LMI TYPE ANSI Invalid Unnumbered info 0 Invalid Prot Disc 0 Invalid dummy Call Ref 0 Invalid Msg Type 0 Invalid Status Message 0 Invalid Lock Shift 0 Invalid Information ID 0 Invalid Report IE Len 0 Invalid Report Request 0 Invalid Keep IE Len 0 Num Status Enq Rcvd 5103 Num Status msgs Sent 5103 Num Update Status Rcvd 0 Num St Enq ...

Страница 644: ...pter Switch show interfaces serial 1 1 0 1 Serial1 1 0 1 is up line protocol is up Hardware is FRPAM SERIAL MTU 4096 bytes BW 640 Kbit DLY 0 usec rely 255 255 load 1 255 Encapsulation FRAME RELAY IETF loopback not set keepalive set 30 sec LMI enq sent 5163 LMI stat recvd 5144 LMI upd recvd 0 DTE LMI up LMI enq recvd 5154 LMI stat sent 5154 LMI upd sent 0 DCE LMI up LMI DLCI 1023 LMI type is CISCO ...

Страница 645: ...enq sent 0 LMI stat recvd 0 LMI upd recvd 0 LMI DLCI 1023 LMI type is CISCO frame relay DCE information deleted Displaying LMI Statistics To display statistics about the LMI perform the following task in user EXEC mode Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config interface serial card subcard port cgn Switch config if Selects the interface to be configured Step 2 Switch config if frame relay lmi n391dte k...

Страница 646: ...esource Management Tasks page 20 22 For information about how to configure your ATM Connection Traffic Table rows see Chapter 9 Configuring Resource Management Configuring Frame Relay to ATM Connection Traffic Table Rows A row in the Frame Relay to ATM Connection Traffic Table CTT must be created for each unique combination of Frame Relay traffic parameters All Frame Relay to ATM interworking virt...

Страница 647: ...der Size octets 2 octet h2 AAL Type 5 PDU Trailer Size 8 octets n configured frame size OHB n n h1 h2 48 n where n h1 h2 48 value is to be rounded to the nearest integer Peak Cell Rate PCR 0 1 Cells Per Second 0 1 Cells Per Second PIR 8 OHB n Sustainable Cell Rate SCR 0 Cells Per Second CIR 8 OHB n Maximum Burst Size MBS 0 Cells Bc 8 1 1 CIR PIR 1 OHB n Example Using the following values and examp...

Страница 648: ... dropping based on PIR CIR Be So the Bc and Be values should always be more than the frame size of the largest frame that is expected on the VC If the interface bandwidth is high compared to the CIR then it is better have a larger Bc value Similarly Be PIR CIR should be considered The following scenario describes when you might need to have higher Bc and Be values Usually the CIR is much less than...

Страница 649: ... Frame Relay to ATM CTT row perform the following task in global configuration mode If you do not specify an index row number the system software determines if one is free The index row number is then displayed in the allocated index field if the command is successful If the ATM row index is not specified system software tries to use the same row index used by Frame Relay If not possible a free AT...

Страница 650: ...urce Management Tasks The following resource management tasks configure queue thresholds committed burst size and service overflow on Frame Relay interfaces To change any of these interface parameters perform the following steps in interface configuration mode Command Purpose show frame relay connection traffic table row from row row row row Displays the Frame Relay to ATM CTT configuration Comman...

Страница 651: ...abr 75 ubr Output queues PAM to line Discard threshold 87 vbr nrt 87 abr 87 ubr Marking threshold 75 vbr nrt 75 abr 75 ubr Overflow servicing for VBR enabled Resource Management state Available bit rates in bps 320000 vbr nrt RX 320000 vbr nrt TX 320000 abr RX 320000 abr TX 320000 ubr RX 320000 ubr TX Allocated bit rates in bps 0 vbr nrt RX 0 vbr nrt TX 0 abr RX 0 abr TX 0 ubr RX 0 ubr TX Configur...

Страница 652: ...with the interface configuration commands Note For information about ATM VCCs see Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections Note You can configure a maximum of 2000 virtual connections on a CDS3 or CE1 Frame Relay port adapter Table 20 4 lists the types of supported virtual connections Configuring Frame Relay PVC Connections This section describes configuring Frame Relay to ATM interworking perman...

Страница 653: ...onfiguring Frame Relay to ATM network interworking PVCs This type of connection establishes a bidirectional facility that transfers Frame Relay traffic between two Frame Relay users through an ATM network Figure 20 3 shows an example of a Frame Relay to ATM network interworking PVC between Frame Relay User A and ATM User D through an ATM network Figure 20 3 Network Interworking PVC Example To conf...

Страница 654: ... atm 4 1 0 2 100 Note The Frame Relay to ATM network interworking PVC must be configured from the serial interface and cross connected to the ATM interface Displaying Frame Relay to ATM Network Interworking PVCs To display the network interworking configuration use the following EXEC command Example The following example displays the Switch B PVC configuration for serial interface 0 1 0 5 Switch B...

Страница 655: ...RT Non Realtime Variable Bit Rate Rx pir 64000 Rx cir 64000 Rx Bc 32768 Rx Be 32768 Tx connection traffic table index 100 Tx service category VBR NRT Non Realtime Variable Bit Rate Tx pir 64000 Tx cir 64000 Tx Bc 32768 Tx Be 32768 Configuring Frame Relay to ATM Service Interworking PVCs This section describes configuring Frame Relay to ATM service interworking permanent virtual channels PVCs A Fra...

Страница 656: ...3 0 2 2 100 The following example shows how to configure the internal cross connect PVC on Switch C between ATM interface 4 1 0 VPI 2 VCI 100 and ATM interface 0 0 1 VPI 50 VCI 255 Switch C config interface atm 4 1 0 Switch C config if atm pvc 2 100 interface atm 0 0 1 50 255 Each subsequent VC cross connection and link must be configured until the VC is terminated to create the entire PVC Note Th...

Страница 657: ...nnection provides the connection from IP over Frame Relay to the ATM switch router used for IP over ATM and network management Figure 20 5 shows an example of transmit and terminating connections Figure 20 5 Frame Relay to ATM Transmit and Terminating Connections Terminating connections are configured using the frame relay pvc command however all switch terminating connections use atm0 to connect ...

Страница 658: ...rame Relay to ATM Service Interworking PVCs To display the service interworking PVC configuration use the following EXEC commands Note See the Displaying Frame Relay to ATM Network Interworking PVCs page 20 26 for examples of the show vc command Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config interface serial card subcard port cgn Switch config if Selects the interface to be configured Step 2 Switch config i...

Страница 659: ...ce serial 3 0 2 6 100 The following example shows how to configure the internal cross connect Frame Relay on Switch C between serial interface 4 1 0 2 DLCI 100 0 and serial interface 0 0 1 12 DLCI 255 Switch C config interface serial 4 1 0 2 Switch C config if frame relay pvc 100 interface serial 0 0 1 12 255 Each subsequent VC cross connection and link must be configured until the VC is terminate...

Страница 660: ...source end of the soft PVC Step 4 Determine the destination passive side of the soft PVC Step 5 Determine the ATM address of the destination side of the soft PVC Use the show atm addresses command on the destination switch Step 6 If the destination side of the soft PVC is a Frame Relay interface choose an available DLCI value Use the show vc interface serial command If the destination side of the ...

Страница 661: ... 2 Switch show vc interface serial card subcard port cgn dlci Determines the DLCI_a available for Step 7 Step 3 Switch show vc interface serial card subcard port cgn dlci Determines the DLCI_b available for Step 7 Step 4 Switch show atm addresses Determines soft PVC destination address Step 5 Switch configure terminal Switch config From the source active side at the privileged EXEC prompt enter co...

Страница 662: ... Address es 47 00918100000000E01E798803 00E01E808601 00 active Soft VC Address es 47 0091 8100 0000 00e0 1e79 8803 4000 0c80 0000 00 ATM1 0 0 47 0091 8100 0000 00e0 1e79 8803 4000 0c80 0010 00 ATM1 0 1 47 0091 8100 0000 00e0 1e79 8803 4000 0c80 0020 00 ATM1 0 2 47 0091 8100 0000 00e0 1e79 8803 4000 0c80 0030 00 ATM1 0 3 information deleted Soft VC Address es for Frame Relay Interfaces 47 0091 8100...

Страница 663: ...ame Relay service Command Purpose Step 1 Switch show interfaces Determines source and destination interfaces Step 2 Switch show vc interface serial card subcard port cgn dlci Determines the DLCI available for Step 7 Step 3 Switch show atm addresses Determines soft PVC destination address Step 4 Switch configure terminal Switch config From the source active side at the privileged EXEC prompt enter ...

Страница 664: ...0 SoftVC UP Step 2 On Switch B use the show atm addresses command to determine the destination ATM address for ATM interface 0 0 1 which is 47 0091 8100 0000 00e0 1e19 9904 4000 0c80 0010 00 Switch B show atm addresses Switch Address es 47 00918100000000E01E199904 00E01E808601 00 active Soft VC Address es 47 0091 8100 0000 00e0 1e19 9904 4000 0c80 0000 00 ATM0 0 0 47 0091 8100 0000 00e0 1e19 9904 ...

Страница 665: ...d Purpose Step 1 Switch show interfaces Determines source and destination interfaces Step 2 Switch show vc interface serial card subcard port cgn dlci Determines the DLCI available for Step 7 Step 3 Switch show atm addresses Determines the soft PVC destination address Step 4 Switch configure terminal Switch config From the source active side at the privileged EXEC prompt enter configuration mode f...

Страница 666: ... use the show atm addresses command to determine the destination ATM address for ATM interface 0 0 1 which is 47 0091 8100 0000 00e0 1e19 9904 4000 0c80 0010 00 Switch B show atm addresses Switch Address es 47 00918100000000E01E199904 00E01E808601 00 active Soft VC Address es 47 0091 8100 0000 00e0 1e19 9904 4000 0c80 0000 00 ATM0 0 0 47 0091 8100 0000 00e0 1e19 9904 4000 0c80 0010 00 ATM0 0 1 47 ...

Страница 667: ...0 0 200 PVC ATM0 0 1 0 200 DOWN ATM0 0 0 100 255 SoftVC Serial1 1 0 2 34 UP Modifying CTTR Indexes on an Existing Frame Relay Soft PVC To change the CTTR indexes on an existing Frame Relay Soft PVC perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Example The following example modifies the CTTR indexes for an existing Frame Relay Soft PVC Switch config interface atm 1 1 1 Switch c...

Страница 668: ...the ATM to Frame Relay direction use the following interface command Note For network interworking values map de or map clp or de are allowed The default value is map clp or de For service interworking values 0 1 or map clp are allowed The default is map clp Configuring the Soft PVC Route Optimization Feature This section describes the soft permanent virtual channel soft PVC route optimization fea...

Страница 669: ...rval 30 time of day 18 00 5 00 Displaying a Frame Relay Interface Route Optimization Configuration To display the Frame Relay interface route optimization configuration use the following privileged EXEC commands Example The following example shows the route optimization configuration of serial interface 1 0 0 1 Switch show running config Building configuration information deleted Command Purpose S...

Страница 670: ... total threshold drops Conversations 0 0 256 active max active max total Reserved Conversations 0 0 allocated max allocated 5 minute input rate 0 bits sec 0 packets sec 5 minute output rate 0 bits sec 0 packets sec 12963 packets input 12963 bytes 0 no buffer Received 0 broadcasts 0 runts 0 giants 0 throttles 12963 input errors 7638 CRC 0 frame 0 overrun 0 ignored 0 abort 0 packets output 0 bytes 0...

Страница 671: ...aping functionality tries to send the cells to the switch fabric at SCR CIR equivalent on the ATM side If the CIR is very low compared to the PIR it could cause buffers to be held for a long time allowing frame discards on that particular VC and other VCs on the same interface Enabling overflow queuing allows you to schedule the frames at a rate above SCR This means when the bandwidth is available...

Страница 672: ...he Maintaining Functional Images Catalyst 8540 MSR section on page 26 5 and the Maintaining Functional Images Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 section on page 26 7 Configuring Overflow Queuing on Frame Relay to ATM PVCs This section describes configuring overflow queuing for Frame Relay to ATM PVCs for both network internetworking and service internetworking connections Network Internetworki...

Страница 673: ...ion internetworking PVC cross connected between serial interface 11 1 0 9 DLCI 100 and ATM interface 0 0 0 VPI 1 VCI 100 Switch config interface serial11 1 0 9 Switch config if frame relay pvc 100 accept overflow enable rx cttr 100 tx cttr 100 service translation interface atm 0 0 0 1 100 The following example shows how to enable overflow queuing on a service transparent internetworking PVC cross ...

Страница 674: ...d serial interface 3 0 0 1 DLCI 201 where the destination end has overflow queuing disabled Switch config interface serial11 1 0 9 Switch config if frame relay pvc 201 accept overflow enable interface serial 3 0 0 1 201 accept overflow disable The following example shows how to enable overflow queuing on an existing PVC connection at serial interface 11 1 0 9 DLCI 100 Switch config interface seria...

Страница 675: ...ing on Frame Relay to ATM Soft PVCs To configure overflow queuing for Frame Relay to ATM network interworking Soft PVC perform the following steps beginning in EXEC mode Command Purpose Step 1 Switch show interfaces Determines source and destination interfaces Step 2 Switch show vc interface serial card subcard port cgn dlci Determines the DLCI_a switch available for Step 7 Step 3 Switch show vc i...

Страница 676: ...Switch config if Selects the source Frame Relay port and channel group number Step 7 Switch config if frame relay soft vc dlci a accept overflow enable disable inherit dest address address vc vpi vci accept overflow enable disable inherit upc pass tag drop rx cttr index tx cttr index retry interval first first retry interval maximum max retry interval network clp bit 0 1 map de de bit map de map c...

Страница 677: ...s the overflow queuing configuration of VC serial interface 1 0 0 1 DLCI 100 Switch show vc interface serial 1 0 0 1 100 Interface Serial1 0 0 1 Type FRPAM SERIAL DLCI 100 Status ACTIVE Peer Status INACTIVE Connection type PVC Cast type point to point Per VC Overflow Status Disabled User Configured Option is Disable Step 6 Switch config interface serial card subcard port cgn Switch config if Selec...

Страница 678: ...Bytes 0 Rx Frames Discarded 0 Rx Bytes Discarded 0 Total Rx Frames with DE 0 Rx Frames with DE Tagged Locally 0 Total Rx Frames with FECN 0 Rx Frames with FECN Tagged Locally 0 Total Rx Frames with BECN 0 Rx Frames with BECN Tagged Locally 0 Rx connection traffic table index 100 Rx service category VBR NRT Non Realtime Variable Bit Rate Rx pir 64000 Rx cir 64000 Rx Bc 32768 Rx Be 32768 Tx connecti...

Страница 679: ...c 32768 Rx Be 32768 Tx connection traffic table index 100 Tx service category VBR NRT Non Realtime Variable Bit Rate Tx pir 64000 Tx cir 64000 Tx Bc 32768 Tx Be 32768 The following example displays the overflow queuing configuration of VC serial interface 1 0 0 1 DLCI 300 Switch show vc interface serial 1 0 0 1 300 Interface Serial1 0 0 1 Type FRPAM SERIAL DLCI 300 Status ACTIVE Peer Status INACTI...

Страница 680: ...Interface Overflow Configuration is Enabled Hardware is FRPAM SERIAL MTU 4096 bytes BW 64 Kbit DLY 0 usec reliability 255 255 txload 139 255 rxload 139 255 Encapsulation FRAME RELAY IETF loopback not set Keepalive set 10 sec LMI enq sent 582 LMI stat recvd 582 LMI upd recvd 0 DTE LMI up LMI enq recvd 582 LMI stat sent 582 LMI upd sent 0 DCE LMI up LMI DLCI 1023 LMI type is CISCO frame relay NNI Br...

Страница 681: ...al1 0 0 1 Type FRPAM SERIAL DLCI 555 Status ACTIVE Peer Status INACTIVE Connection type SoftVC Cast type point to point Per VC Overflow Status Enabled User Configured Option is Enable Usage Parameter Control UPC tag drop pvc create time 00 00 26 Time since last status change 00 00 14 Interworking Function Type network de bit Mapping map clp or de clp bit Mapping map de Soft vc location Source Remo...

Страница 682: ... Tx pir 64000 Tx cir 64000 Tx Bc 32768 Tx Be 32768 The following example displays the overflow queuing configuration of serial interface 1 0 0 1 Switch show running config interface serial 1 0 0 1 Building configuration Current configuration 684 bytes interface Serial1 0 0 1 no ip address encapsulation frame relay IETF no keepalive no arp frame relay frame relay intf type nni frame relay accept ov...

Страница 683: ...ng sections Overview of IMA page 21 1 Configuring the T1 E1 IMA Port Adapter page 21 3 Configuring IMA Group Functions page 21 6 Configuring IMA Group Parameters page 21 13 Note IMA is only possible on switches with FC PFQ installed Overview of IMA IMA allows you to aggregate multiple low speed links into one larger virtual trunk or IMA group An inverse multiplexer appears to your ATM switch route...

Страница 684: ...s Based on this required behavior the receiver can detect the differential delays by measuring the arrival times of the IMA frames on each link The transmitting end sends cells continuously If no ATM layer cells are sent between ICP cells within an IMA frame the transmit IMA sends filler cells to maintain a continuous stream of cells at the physical layer Filler cells which provide cell rate decou...

Страница 685: ...nterfaces No IMA group and four independent ATM interfaces The T1 line operates at 1 544 Mbps which is equivalent to 24 time slots DS0 channels The T1 time slot provides usable bandwidth of n x 64 kbps where n is the time slot from 1 to 24 The E1 line operates at 2 048 Mbps T1 E1 IMA port adapters support interface overbooking For configuration information see Chapter 9 Configuring Resource Manage...

Страница 686: ... 1 1 1 1 1 The following defaults are assigned to all IMA groups Minimum number of active links 1 Clock mode common Differential delay 25 milliseconds Frame length 128 cells Test link first link in the group Test pattern value of test link Configuring the T1 E1 IMA Interface To manually change any of your default configuration values perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mo...

Страница 687: ...g esfadm sfadm Switch config if framing cleare1 crc4adm pcm30adm Modifies the T1 IMA framing type Modifies the E1 IMA framing type Step 5 Switch config if lbo long gain26 gain36 15db 22 5db 7 5db 0db short 133ft 266ft 399ft 533ft 655ft Switch config if lbo long gain43 120db 75db short gain12 22db Modifies the T1IMA line build out Modifies the E1 IMA line build out Step 6 Switch config if loopback ...

Страница 688: ...sections Creating an IMA Group Interface page 21 6 Adding an Interface to an Existing IMA Group page 21 8 Deleting an Interface from an IMA Group page 21 10 Deleting an IMA Group page 21 11 Creating an IMA Group Interface To create an IMA group interface first link a physical interface to the IMA group After configuring the physical interface as part of an IMA group you can then create the IMA gro...

Страница 689: ...f no shutdown The following example shows how to create the IMA group interface 4 1 ima1 shown in Figure 21 1 on Switch B ATM interface 4 1 4 SwitchB config interface atm 4 1 4 SwitchB config if shutdown SwitchB config if ima group 1 SwitchB config if no shutdown SwitchB config if exit SwitchB config interface atm 4 1 ima1 SwitchB config if no shutdown Step 3 Switch config if ima group number Assi...

Страница 690: ...config if shutdown SwitchA config if ima group 1 SwitchA config if no shutdown The following example shows how to configure ATM interface 4 1 5 on Switch B as part of the IMA group 1 shown in Figure 21 1 SwitchB config interface atm 4 1 5 SwitchB config if shutdown SwitchB config if ima group 1 SwitchB config if no shutdown The following example shows how to move ATM interface 4 1 5 on Switch B to...

Страница 691: ...sub MTU 4470 BW 1500 Kbit DLY 0 usec rely 255 255 load 1 255 Encapsulation ATM loopback not set keepalive not supported Last input 00 00 00 output 00 00 00 output hang never Last clearing of show interface counters never Input queue 0 75 0 size max drops Total output drops 0 Queueing strategy weighted fair Output queue 0 1000 64 0 size max total threshold drops Conversations 0 0 256 active max act...

Страница 692: ... TVCLs PVPLs SoftVPLs SVPLs Total Cfgd Inst Conns 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 Logical ports VP tunnels 0 Input cells 105 Output cells 109 5 minute input rate 0 bits sec 0 cells sec 5 minute output rate 0 bits sec 0 cells sec Input AAL5 pkts 58 Output AAL5 pkts 60 AAL5 crc errors 0 Deleting an Interface from an IMA Group To delete an interface from an IMA group perform the following steps beginning in global...

Страница 693: ...nitialize automatically Example The following example shows how to delete ATM interface 0 0 ima1 and administratively shut down the member interfaces Switch config no interface atm 0 0 ima1 Confirming the IMA Group Deletion To confirm the IMA group deletion perform the following steps in user EXEC mode Example The following example shows how to verify that the interface is deleted from the IMA gro...

Страница 694: ...us noFailure IMA Group Current Configuration MinNumTxLinks 1 MinNumRxLinks 1 DiffDelayMax 25 FrameLength 128 NeTxClkMode common ctc CTC_Reference_Link ATM0 0 2 TestLink 2 Testpattern Not Specified TestProcStatus disabled GTSM change timestamp 000210165420 IMA Link Information Link Physical Status NearEnd Rx Status Test Status ATM0 0 2 up active disabled Switch configure terminal Enter configuratio...

Страница 695: ... T1 speed To configure the minimum active links on the IMA group perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Note Only when the minimum number of links are active in the IMA group does the group come up The IMA group remains down if the IMA group has fewer active links than the minimum number of active links configured Example The following example shows how to configure the...

Страница 696: ...links configured as part of a IMA group interface can derive their clocking from one single clock source using common transmit clocking CTC mode or the link clocking can be derived individually from different clock sources using independent transmit clocking ITC mode For example if three interfaces are configured as members of an IMA group interface one can be configured to use the reference clock...

Страница 697: ...IMA group Based on this required behavior the receiver can detect the differential delays by measuring the arrival times of the IMA frames on each link The transmitting end of the IMA group connection sends cells continuously If there are no ATM layer cells to send between ICP cells within an IMA frame the transmit IMA sends filler cells to maintain a continuous stream of cells at the physical lay...

Страница 698: ...stpattern Not Specified TestProcStatus disabled GTSM change timestamp 990427135611 IMA Link Information Link Physical Status NearEnd Rx Status Test Status ATM0 0 2 up active disabled ATM0 0 3 up active disabled Configuring IMA Group Frame Length The IMA protocol uses the frame length parameter to determine the number of cells that make up an IMA frame The IMA group frame length determines the amou...

Страница 699: ...ified TestProcStatus disabled GTSM change timestamp 990427143739 IMA Link Information Link Physical Status NearEnd Rx Status Test Status ATM0 0 2 up active disabled ATM0 0 3 up active disabled Configuring IMA Group Test Pattern An IMA group can have a test pattern defined to provide extra support to verify the connectivity of links within an IMA group It uses a test pattern sent over one link to v...

Страница 700: ...test pattern configuration SwitchA show ima interface ATM0 0 ima1 is up Group Index 4 State NearEnd operational FarEnd operational FailureStatus noFailure IMA Group Current Configuration MinNumTxLinks 1 MinNumRxLinks 1 DiffDelayMax 25 FrameLength 128 NeTxClkMode common ctc CTC_Reference_Link ATM0 0 3 TestLink 3 TestPattern 8 TestProcStatus operating GTSM change timestamp 990427143950 IMA Link Info...

Страница 701: ...ces page 22 17 Verifying the IP QoS Configuration page 22 22 Note Unless otherwise noted the information in this chapter applies to the Catalyst 8540 CSR Catalyst 8510 CSR and Catalyst 8540 MSR with Layer 3 functionality For further information about the commands used in this chapter refer to the ATM and Layer 3 Switch Router Command Reference About Quality of Service QoS refers to the capability ...

Страница 702: ...ommits to meeting the QoS requirements of the application as long as the traffic remains within the profile specifications The network fulfills its commitment by maintaining per flow state and then performing packet classification policing and intelligent queueing based on that state Differentiated Service Differentiated service is a multiple service model that can satisfy differing QoS requiremen...

Страница 703: ...ess and egress interfaces are enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interfaces and the egress interface has an attached IP QoS output policy IP Precedence Based Class of Service CoS Layer 3 precedence based CoS uses the IP precedence values to partition traffic into multiple classes of service The system gathers IP precedence information from the IP header type of service field For an incoming IP packet the f...

Страница 704: ...ight for each queue Tip The higher the WRR weight the higher the effective bandwidth for that particular queue You can find the effective bandwidth in Mbps for a particular queue with the following formula W S x B n Mbps where W WRR weight of the specified queue S sum of the weight of all active queues on the outgoing interface B available bandwidth in Mbps n effective bandwidth in Mbps For exampl...

Страница 705: ...witch router use the no version of the qos mapping precedence wrr weight command Both the source and destination interface parameters are optional When both are not specified the system level QoS mapping is configured Otherwise you can specify the source interface the destination interface or both to configure the WRR weight for the traffic streams listed below The configuration takes precedence i...

Страница 706: ...e point DSCP in the IP header of each packet No explicit out of band signalling protocol such as RSVP is used Per hop behaviors are defined to configure granular allocation of bandwidth and resource buffering at each node Per flow or per user forwarding state is not maintained within each node of network The advantage of such a scheme is that many traffic flows can be aggregated to one of a small ...

Страница 707: ...source and or destination ports and or Layer 4 protocol Are configured using one or more IP standard or extended named or numbered Access Control Lists ACLs Behavior Aggregate BA classifiers Classify traffic streams based on the differentiated services code point DSCP or IP precedence bits in the TOS byte of the IP header Note In the IP QoS context the permit and deny actions in the access control...

Страница 708: ... of marking all the 64 possible DSCP values IP Precedence markers To maintain compatibility with the 3 bit IP precedence Class of Service contained in the TOS byte of the IP header the marker provides an option to mark a classified packet with a specified IP precedence value The marker has the capability of marking all the 8 possible IP precedence values The remaining 3 bits of the DSCP field are ...

Страница 709: ... the forwarding path Queuing Once the traffic stream is classified and conditioned the forwarding engine is consulted to get the destination interface to which the packet needs to be switched There are four output queues for each physical interface and each can be assigned to an output traffic class A direct lookup table called the queue selector table is used to determine which is the correct que...

Страница 710: ...e This is the point in the queue in bytes after which packets in the queue will have the EFCI bit set Note The threshold group parameters are configured in bytes and are rounded up so as to be multiples of an ATM cell payload 48 bytes The Catalyst 8540 has a maximum of four buffer groups and the above parameters may be defined for each of these buffer groups through user configuration Scheduling E...

Страница 711: ...sessed In a given time interval if Ne represents the total number of EFCI marked packets and Nt represents the total number of packets then the ratio Ne Nt follows the average queue length Thus the port s average queue length is monitored and packets are randomly discarded with a variable probability if the average queue length exceeds the configured threshold Configuring IP QoS Policies Using the...

Страница 712: ... eligible for input policy functions on the enhanced ATM Router Module Output Policy The functionality for queue selector and congestion management is the same for both the enhanced Gigabit Ethernet XPIF based interface module and the enhanced ATM Router Module The difference is bandwidth allocation On the enhanced ATM Router Module bandwidth allocation is calculated using the following scheduler ...

Страница 713: ... Class Weight Diagram It is now possible to control bandwidth for a traffic class using scheduler class bandwidth and output VC weight as shown in Figure 22 5 MPLS_Premium MPLS_Control 2 2 2 2 Output VC weight Scheduler class Scheduler weight 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 15 2 2 2 2 3 4 1 2 4 8 2 2 2 2 Output VC weight CBR VBR rt VBR nrt UBR MPLS_Standard Broute VCs from Layer 3 interface 1 MPLS_Available 910...

Страница 714: ... 2 the enhanced ATM Router Module regards CBR traffic as more critical than any other traffic class Plus output VC weight can be used to differentiate between VCs of the same class Configuring output VC weight might be necessary because of different PCR and SCR values for the same class of VCs Note Scheduler class weight for 2 3 and 5 are enabled by default in Cisco IOS Release 12 1 14 EB No confi...

Страница 715: ...and weights of the scheduler classes Switch show epc ip atm qos interface atm 11 0 1 MMC Port 119 MSC ID 7 Port num in MSC 0 Service Application WRR Weight Bandwidth Kbps Class External Internal Configured Actual 1 default 51 200000 91234 6 b 51 200000 91234 7 a 25 100000 44722 2 CBR 15 240 198000 429338 3 VBR RT VBR NRT 8 128 151499 228980 4 LSIPCs 15 255 5 UBR UBR 4 64 0 114490 External Weights ...

Страница 716: ...tolerance in cell times Peak cell rate RX none cbr none vbr none ubr Peak cell rate TX none cbr none vbr none ubr Sustained cell rate none vbr RX none vbr TX Minimum cell rate RX none ubr Minimum cell rate TX none ubr CDVT RX none cbr none vbr none ubr CDVT TX none cbr none vbr none ubr MBS none vbr RX none vbr TX Resource Management state Bandwidth Allocated to IPQoS in Kbps 500000 Total Availabl...

Страница 717: ...ically you can configure an output policy map where the sum of bandwidths of all classes can reach 1 Gbps However Ethernet traffic is not the only traffic serviced by the enhanced ATM Router Module ATM traffic which must be routed is also serviced by the enhanced ATM Router Module Hence it is not possible to reserve the entire 1 Gbps of bandwidth for Ethernet Even if you configure a policy for 1 G...

Страница 718: ...map Multifield MF classifiers may only be used within input policy maps while Behavior Aggregate classifiers may be used within input and or output policy maps Creating a Service Policy The policy map command is used to define a service policy A policy map definition consists of a name Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config class map class map name Specifies the user defined name of the traffic clas...

Страница 719: ...faces on the physical interface have a maximum number of 32 policer instances which can be applied per physical interface should have sufficient TCAM space available for the policy to be programmed minimum 512 entries Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config policy map policy name Specifies the name of the service policy to configure Step 2 Switch config pmap class class name Specifies the name of a p...

Страница 720: ...ffic Must have bandwidth configured for every class queue limit or random detect are mutually exclusive queue limit is the default if nothing is configured Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config policy map policy name Specifies the name of the service policy to configure Step 2 Switch config pmap class class name Specifies the name of a predefined class which was defined with the class map command S...

Страница 721: ...terface The service policy command syntax is service policy input output policy map name no service policy input output policy map name Although you can assign the same service policy to multiple interfaces each interface can have only one service policy attached at the input and only one service policy attached at the output Example Switch config interface gigabitethernet 1 0 1 Switch config if s...

Страница 722: ... ip dscp unchanged class six set ip precedence 7 Command Purpose Switch show class map Displays all the traffic class information Switch show class map class name Displays the traffic class information for the user specified traffic class Switch show policy map Displays all configured service policies Switch show policy map policy map name Displays the user specified service policy Switch show pol...

Страница 723: ...olice 32000 1000 exceed action drop class four police 33000 2000 exceed action set dscp transmit 0 class three police 32000 3300 exceed action set prec transmit 0 class two police 44000 1980 exceed action drop Policy Map three class one set ip dscp 1 class four set ip dscp 4 class three set ip precedence 1 The following example shows a particular policy map configuration Switch show policy map one...

Страница 724: ...Match access group 25 Match access group 31 Match access group 21 Match access group 13 Class Map match all five id 6 Match ip dscp 5 13 22 27 34 44 45 63 Class Map match any class default id 0 Match any Class Map match all six id 7 Match ip dscp 2 Match ip dscp 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Match ip dscp 52 53 Class Map match all one id 2 Match access group name cache in Class Map match all seven id 8 Match ip p...

Страница 725: ...TM traffic shaping carrier module TSCAM augments the current traffic shaping capabilities for the Catalyst 8510 MSR and the LightStream 1010 ATM switch routers by providing variable bit rate VBR and best effort traffic shaping capabilities The TSCAM shapes the streams of cells sent over virtual connections VCs so they conform to bandwidth parameters and they do not exceed the expected flow into th...

Страница 726: ...ort all the traffic from that port is switched unaltered as if it were a single connection at the highest priority Note Traffic shaping in the TSCAM is disabled by default Any changes to shaping configurations are supported across switch reloads only An example of how the ATM TSCAM might work in a network is shown in Figure 23 1 In this example the TSCAM is in a Catalyst 8510 MSR switch router tha...

Страница 727: ...estrictions The following software restrictions apply to the TSCAMs of the Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 switch routers Each TSCAM requires 2 MB of continuous main memory availability in the switch Well known VCs on an interface that is enabled for VBR traffic shaping will be automatically shaped at the maximum cell rate of that interface Changing shaping properties for these VCs is not a...

Страница 728: ... values are the defaults and depend on the number of interfaces configured for traffic shaping The maximum congestion thresholds for interfaces are not configurable Configuring the ATM TSCAM To configure traffic shaping on your ATM TSCAM perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Table 23 1 Default Interface Maximum Thresholds Number of Shaped Interfaces Maximum Cell Thresh...

Страница 729: ...re these thresholds Configuring Maximum Thresholds for Traffic Classes To configure traffic class thresholds perform the following steps beginning in privileged EXEC mode Note Prior to changing the traffic class maximum threshold configuration you must disable the interface using the shutdown command You do not have to disable the interface when configuring per VC maximum thresholds Command Purpos...

Страница 730: ...s To display interface maximum thresholds enter the show atm interface resource atm slot subslot port in privileged EXEC mode Configuring Maximum Thresholds for VCs To configure VC thresholds perform the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Note New per VC maximum thresholds only apply to new VCs created after making the threshold configuration changes The new threshold configura...

Страница 731: ...br rt c3 vbr nrt c4 abr c5 ubr Scheduling RS c1 WRR c2 WRR c3 WRR c4 WRR c5 WRR Weight 15 c2 2 c3 2 c4 2 c5 Interface traffic shaping Configuration VBR Shaping Enabled in Config Enabled In hardware Best Effort Shaping Enabled in Config Enabled In hardware VBR Class MaxThreshold Configuration 40 Installed Cell Buffers 47104 Best Effort Class MaxThreshold Configuration 60 Installed Cell Buffers 7782...

Страница 732: ...guration disabled OAM states Not applicable Cross connect interface ATM0 Type ATM Swi Proc Cross connect VPI 0 Cross connect VCI 84 Cross connect UPC pass Cross connect OAM configuration disabled Cross connect OAM state Not applicable Encapsulation AALQSAAL Connection Priority High Threshold Group 6 Cells queued 0 Rx cells 7 Tx cells 5 Tx Clp0 5 Tx Clp1 0 Rx Clp0 7 Rx Clp1 0 Rx Upc Violations 0 Rx...

Страница 733: ...ws Two granularity tables represent each interface type For example Table 23 2 shows rates for best effort connections and variable bit rate VBR connections using PCR only mode Table 23 3 shows rates for VBR connections shaped using their PCR SCR and MBS parameters the default VBR shaping mode The DS3 E3 E1 and T1 interfaces share the same values and are therefore represented in the same granulari...

Страница 734: ...9 60535 60372 60211 60050 59889 59730 59572 59414 59257 59101 58946 58792 58639 58486 58334 58183 58032 57883 57734 57586 57439 57292 57146 57001 56857 56714 56571 56429 56287 56146 56006 55867 55728 55591 55453 55317 55181 55046 54911 54777 54644 54511 54379 54248 54117 53987 53857 53729 53600 53473 53346 53219 53094 52968 52844 52720 52596 52473 52351 52229 52108 51987 51867 51748 51629 51511 51...

Страница 735: ...1 32315 32268 32222 32176 32130 32084 32038 31992 31947 31902 31856 31811 31766 31721 31677 31632 31588 31543 31499 31455 31411 31367 31323 31280 31236 31193 31149 31106 31063 31020 30978 30935 30892 30850 30808 30765 30723 30681 30639 30598 30556 30515 30473 30432 30391 30350 30309 30268 30227 30186 30146 30106 30065 30025 29985 29945 29905 29865 29826 29786 29747 29707 29668 29629 29590 29551 29...

Страница 736: ...2 22040 22019 21997 21975 21954 21932 21911 21890 21868 21847 21826 21805 21784 21762 21741 21720 21699 21678 21658 21637 21616 21595 21574 21554 21533 21512 21492 21471 21451 21430 21410 21389 21369 21349 21328 21308 21288 21268 21248 21228 21208 21188 21168 21148 21128 21108 21088 21068 21049 21029 21009 20990 20970 20950 20931 20911 20892 20873 20853 20834 20815 20795 20776 20757 20738 20719 20...

Страница 737: ...5 16723 16711 16698 16686 16673 16661 16649 16636 16624 16612 16599 16587 16575 16563 16551 16538 16526 16514 16502 16490 16478 16466 16454 16441 16429 16417 16405 16393 16382 16370 16358 16346 16334 16322 16310 16298 16286 16275 16263 16251 16239 16228 16216 16204 16193 16181 16169 16158 16146 16134 16123 16111 16100 16088 16077 16065 16054 16042 16031 16019 16008 15996 15985 15974 15962 15951 15...

Страница 738: ...1 13473 13465 13457 13449 13441 13433 13425 13416 13408 13400 13392 13385 13377 13369 13361 13353 13345 13337 13329 13321 13313 13305 13297 13289 13282 13274 13266 13258 13250 13242 13235 13227 13219 13211 13204 13196 13188 13180 13173 13165 13157 13149 13142 13134 13126 13119 13111 13103 13096 13088 13081 13073 13065 13058 13050 13043 13035 13027 13020 13012 13005 12997 12990 12982 12975 12967 12...

Страница 739: ...6 11280 11275 11269 11263 11258 11252 11247 11241 11235 11230 11224 11218 11213 11207 11202 11196 11191 11185 11179 11174 11168 11163 11157 11152 11146 11141 11135 11130 11124 11119 11113 11108 11102 11097 11091 11086 11080 11075 11069 11064 11058 11053 11047 11042 11037 11031 11026 11020 11015 11010 11004 10999 10993 10988 10983 10977 10972 10966 10961 10956 10950 10945 10940 10934 10929 10924 10...

Страница 740: ...9752 9748 9744 9740 9735 9731 9727 9723 9719 9714 9710 9706 9702 9698 9693 9689 9685 9681 9677 9672 9668 9664 9660 9656 9652 9648 9643 9639 9635 9631 9627 9623 9619 9615 9610 9606 9602 9598 9594 9590 9586 9582 9578 9574 9569 9565 9561 9557 9553 9549 9545 9541 9537 9533 9529 9525 9521 9517 9513 9509 9505 9501 9497 9493 9489 9485 9481 9477 9473 9469 9465 9461 9457 9453 9449 9445 9441 9437 9433 9429 ...

Страница 741: ...27 8524 8520 8517 8514 8511 8507 8504 8501 8498 8495 8491 8488 8485 8482 8479 8475 8472 8469 8466 8463 8459 8456 8453 8450 8447 8443 8440 8437 8434 8431 8428 8424 8421 8418 8415 8412 8409 8406 8402 8399 8396 8393 8390 8387 8384 8380 8377 8374 8371 8368 8365 8362 8359 8356 8352 8349 8346 8343 8340 8337 8334 8331 8328 8325 8321 8318 8315 8312 8309 8306 8303 8300 8297 8294 8291 8288 8285 8282 8279 82...

Страница 742: ...93 7590 7588 7585 7583 7580 7578 7575 7572 7570 7567 7565 7562 7560 7557 7555 7552 7550 7547 7544 7542 7539 7537 7534 7532 7529 7527 7524 7522 7519 7517 7514 7512 7509 7507 7504 7502 7499 7497 7494 7492 7489 7487 7484 7482 7479 7477 7474 7472 7469 7467 7464 7462 7459 7457 7454 7452 7449 7447 7444 7442 7440 7437 7435 7432 7430 7427 7425 7422 7420 7417 7415 7413 7410 7408 7405 7403 7400 7398 7395 73...

Страница 743: ...43 6841 6839 6837 6835 6833 6831 6829 6827 6825 6823 6821 6818 6816 6814 6812 6810 6808 6806 6804 6802 6800 6798 6796 6794 6792 6790 6788 6786 6783 6781 6779 6777 6775 6773 6771 6769 6767 6765 6763 6761 6759 6757 6755 6753 6751 6749 6747 6745 6743 6741 6739 6737 6735 6733 6731 6729 6727 6725 6723 6721 6719 6717 6715 6713 6710 6708 6706 6704 6702 6700 6698 6696 6694 6693 6691 6689 6687 6685 6683 66...

Страница 744: ...29 6227 6225 6223 6222 6220 6218 6216 6215 6213 6211 6210 6208 6206 6204 6203 6201 6199 6198 6196 6194 6192 6191 6189 6187 6186 6184 6182 6181 6179 6177 6175 6174 6172 6170 6169 6167 6165 6164 6162 6160 6159 6157 6155 6153 6152 6150 6148 6147 6145 6143 6142 6140 6138 6137 6135 6133 6132 6130 6128 6127 6125 6123 6122 6120 6118 6117 6115 6113 6112 6110 6108 6107 6105 6103 6102 6100 6098 6097 6095 60...

Страница 745: ...15 5714 5712 5711 5709 5708 5706 5705 5703 5702 5701 5699 5698 5696 5695 5693 5692 5690 5689 5688 5686 5685 5683 5682 5680 5679 5678 5676 5675 5673 5672 5670 5669 5668 5666 5665 5663 5662 5660 5659 5658 5656 5655 5653 5652 5650 5649 5648 5646 5645 5643 5642 5640 5639 5638 5636 5635 5633 5632 5631 5629 5628 5626 5625 5624 5622 5621 5619 5618 5616 5615 5614 5612 5611 5609 5608 5607 5605 5604 5602 56...

Страница 746: ...5 1618 1610 1603 1596 1588 1581 1574 1567 1560 1553 1546 1540 1533 1526 1520 1513 1507 1500 1494 1487 1481 1475 1469 1463 1457 1451 1445 1439 1433 1427 1421 1415 1410 1404 1399 1393 1388 1382 1377 1371 1366 1361 1355 1350 1345 1340 1335 1330 1325 1320 1315 1310 1305 1300 1295 1291 1286 1281 1277 1272 1267 1263 1258 1254 1249 1245 1240 1236 1232 1227 1223 1219 1215 1211 1206 1202 1198 1194 1190 118...

Страница 747: ...650 649 648 647 646 644 643 642 641 640 639 637 636 635 634 633 632 631 629 628 627 626 625 624 623 622 620 619 618 617 616 615 614 613 612 611 610 609 608 607 606 604 603 602 601 600 599 598 597 596 595 594 593 592 591 590 589 588 587 586 585 584 583 582 581 580 579 578 577 576 575 574 573 572 571 570 569 568 567 566 565 564 563 562 561 560 559 558 557 556 555 554 553 552 551 550 549 548 547 546 ...

Страница 748: ...321 320 319 318 317 316 315 314 313 312 311 310 309 308 307 306 305 304 303 302 301 300 299 298 297 296 295 294 293 292 291 290 289 288 287 286 285 284 283 282 281 280 279 278 277 276 275 274 273 272 271 270 269 268 267 266 265 264 263 262 261 260 259 258 257 256 255 254 253 252 251 250 249 248 247 246 245 244 243 242 241 240 239 238 237 236 235 234 233 232 231 230 229 228 227 226 225 224 223 222 ...

Страница 749: ... 7976 7799 7629 7467 7311 7162 7019 6881 6749 6621 6499 6381 6267 6157 6051 5948 5849 5753 5660 5571 5483 5399 5317 5238 5161 5086 5014 4943 4874 4808 4743 4679 4618 4558 4499 4442 4387 4333 4280 4228 4178 4129 4081 4034 3988 3943 3900 3857 3815 3774 3734 3694 3656 3618 3581 3545 3510 3475 3441 3407 3375 3343 3311 3280 3250 3220 3191 3162 3134 3106 3079 3052 3026 3000 2974 2949 2925 2901 2877 2853...

Страница 750: ...880 878 876 873 871 869 867 865 863 861 858 856 854 852 850 848 846 844 842 840 838 836 834 832 830 828 826 824 822 820 818 817 815 813 811 809 807 805 804 802 800 798 796 794 793 791 789 787 786 784 782 780 779 777 775 773 772 770 768 767 765 763 762 760 758 757 755 754 752 750 749 747 746 744 742 741 739 738 736 735 733 732 730 729 727 726 724 723 721 720 718 717 715 714 712 711 709 708 707 705 ...

Страница 751: ...415 414 413 412 411 410 409 408 407 406 405 404 403 402 401 400 399 398 397 396 395 394 393 392 391 390 389 388 387 386 385 384 383 382 381 380 379 378 377 376 375 374 373 372 371 370 369 368 367 366 365 364 363 362 361 360 359 358 357 356 355 354 353 352 351 350 349 348 347 346 345 344 343 342 341 340 339 338 337 336 335 334 333 332 331 330 329 328 327 326 325 324 323 322 321 320 319 318 317 316 ...

Страница 752: ...28364 323673 319114 314682 310372 306177 302095 298120 294248 290476 286799 283214 279718 276306 272977 269728 266554 263455 260427 257467 254575 251746 248979 246273 243625 241033 238496 236012 233579 231195 228860 226571 224328 222129 219972 217857 215782 213747 211749 209788 207864 205974 204118 202296 200506 198747 197019 195320 193651 192010 190396 188810 187249 185714 184204 182719 181257 17...

Страница 753: ...940 59782 59624 59468 59312 59157 59003 58850 58698 58546 58395 58245 58096 57947 57799 57652 57506 57360 57215 57071 56928 56785 56643 56502 56361 56222 56082 55944 55806 55669 55533 55397 55262 55127 54993 54860 54728 54596 54465 54334 54204 54075 53946 53818 53690 53563 53437 53311 53186 53062 52938 52814 52691 52569 52447 52326 52206 52086 51966 51847 51729 51611 51494 51377 51261 51145 51030 ...

Страница 754: ...867 31822 31778 31733 31689 31644 31600 31556 31512 31469 31425 31382 31338 31295 31252 31209 31166 31123 31080 31038 30995 30953 30911 30868 30826 30785 30743 30701 30660 30618 30577 30536 30495 30454 30413 30372 30331 30291 30250 30210 30170 30130 30090 30050 30010 29970 29931 29891 29852 29812 29773 29734 29695 29656 29618 29579 29540 29502 29464 29425 29387 29349 29311 29273 29235 29198 29160 ...

Страница 755: ...703 21682 21661 21641 21620 21599 21579 21558 21538 21517 21497 21476 21456 21436 21416 21395 21375 21355 21335 21315 21295 21275 21255 21235 21215 21195 21175 21156 21136 21116 21096 21077 21057 21038 21018 20999 20979 20960 20941 20921 20902 20883 20863 20844 20825 20806 20787 20768 20749 20730 20711 20692 20673 20654 20635 20617 20598 20579 20560 20542 20523 20505 20486 20468 20449 20431 20412 ...

Страница 756: ...454 16443 16431 16419 16407 16395 16383 16371 16359 16348 16336 16324 16312 16301 16289 16277 16265 16254 16242 16231 16219 16207 16196 16184 16173 16161 16150 16138 16127 16115 16104 16092 16081 16069 16058 16047 16035 16024 16013 16001 15990 15979 15967 15956 15945 15934 15923 15911 15900 15889 15878 15867 15856 15845 15834 15822 15811 15800 15789 15778 15767 15756 15746 15735 15724 15713 15702 ...

Страница 757: ...250 13243 13235 13227 13219 13212 13204 13196 13189 13181 13173 13166 13158 13150 13143 13135 13127 13120 13112 13105 13097 13090 13082 13074 13067 13059 13052 13044 13037 13029 13022 13014 13007 12999 12992 12985 12977 12970 12962 12955 12947 12940 12933 12925 12918 12911 12903 12896 12888 12881 12874 12867 12859 12852 12845 12837 12830 12823 12816 12808 12801 12794 12787 12779 12772 12765 12758 ...

Страница 758: ...091 11085 11080 11074 11069 11064 11058 11053 11047 11042 11037 11031 11026 11020 11015 11010 11004 10999 10994 10988 10983 10978 10972 10967 10962 10957 10951 10946 10941 10935 10930 10925 10920 10914 10909 10904 10899 10893 10888 10883 10878 10872 10867 10862 10857 10852 10846 10841 10836 10831 10826 10821 10815 10810 10805 10800 10795 10790 10784 10779 10774 10769 10764 10759 10754 10749 10744 ...

Страница 759: ...69 9564 9560 9556 9552 9548 9544 9540 9536 9532 9528 9524 9520 9516 9512 9508 9504 9500 9496 9492 9488 9484 9480 9476 9473 9469 9465 9461 9457 9453 9449 9445 9441 9437 9433 9429 9425 9421 9417 9413 9410 9406 9402 9398 9394 9390 9386 9382 9378 9375 9371 9367 9363 9359 9355 9351 9347 9344 9340 9336 9332 9328 9324 9321 9317 9313 9309 9305 9301 9298 9294 9290 9286 9282 9279 9275 9271 9267 9263 9260 92...

Страница 760: ... 8377 8373 8370 8367 8364 8361 8358 8355 8352 8349 8346 8343 8340 8336 8333 8330 8327 8324 8321 8318 8315 8312 8309 8306 8303 8300 8297 8294 8291 8288 8285 8282 8279 8276 8273 8270 8266 8263 8260 8257 8254 8251 8248 8245 8242 8239 8236 8233 8230 8227 8224 8222 8219 8216 8213 8210 8207 8204 8201 8198 8195 8192 8189 8186 8183 8180 8177 8174 8171 8168 8165 8162 8159 8156 8153 8151 8148 8145 8142 8139...

Страница 761: ... 7458 7456 7453 7451 7449 7446 7444 7441 7439 7436 7434 7431 7429 7427 7424 7422 7419 7417 7414 7412 7410 7407 7405 7402 7400 7398 7395 7393 7390 7388 7385 7383 7381 7378 7376 7373 7371 7369 7366 7364 7361 7359 7357 7354 7352 7350 7347 7345 7342 7340 7338 7335 7333 7331 7328 7326 7323 7321 7319 7316 7314 7312 7309 7307 7305 7302 7300 7297 7295 7293 7290 7288 7286 7283 7281 7279 7276 7274 7272 7269...

Страница 762: ... 6722 6720 6718 6716 6714 6712 6710 6708 6706 6704 6702 6700 6698 6696 6694 6692 6690 6688 6686 6684 6682 6680 6678 6676 6674 6672 6670 6668 6666 6664 6662 6660 6658 6657 6655 6653 6651 6649 6647 6645 6643 6641 6639 6637 6635 6633 6631 6629 6627 6625 6623 6622 6620 6618 6616 6614 6612 6610 6608 6606 6604 6602 6600 6598 6596 6595 6593 6591 6589 6587 6585 6583 6581 6579 6577 6575 6573 6572 6570 6568...

Страница 763: ... 6117 6116 6114 6112 6111 6109 6108 6106 6104 6103 6101 6099 6098 6096 6094 6093 6091 6089 6088 6086 6085 6083 6081 6080 6078 6076 6075 6073 6072 6070 6068 6067 6065 6063 6062 6060 6059 6057 6055 6054 6052 6050 6049 6047 6046 6044 6042 6041 6039 6038 6036 6034 6033 6031 6030 6028 6026 6025 6023 6022 6020 6018 6017 6015 6014 6012 6010 6009 6007 6006 6004 6002 6001 5999 5998 5996 5994 5993 5991 5990...

Страница 764: ... 5613 5611 5610 5609 5607 5606 5605 5603 5602 5600 5599 5598 5596 5595 5593 5592 5591 5589 5588 5587 5585 5584 5582 5581 5580 5578 5577 5576 5574 5573 5571 5570 5569 5567 5566 5565 5563 5562 5561 5559 5558 5556 5555 5554 5552 5551 5550 5548 5547 5546 5544 5543 5541 5540 5539 5537 5536 5535 5533 5532 5447 5364 5284 5207 5131 5058 4987 4917 4850 4785 4721 4659 4598 4539 4482 4426 4371 4318 4266 4215...

Страница 765: ...1107 1103 1100 1097 1093 1090 1086 1083 1080 1077 1073 1070 1067 1064 1060 1057 1054 1051 1048 1045 1042 1039 1036 1033 1030 1027 1024 1021 1018 1015 1012 1009 1006 1003 1001 998 995 992 989 987 984 981 978 976 973 970 968 965 963 960 957 955 952 950 947 945 942 940 937 935 932 930 927 925 922 920 918 915 913 911 908 906 904 901 899 897 894 892 890 888 886 883 881 879 877 875 872 870 868 866 864 8...

Страница 766: ... 526 525 524 523 522 521 520 519 518 517 516 515 514 513 512 511 510 509 508 507 506 505 504 503 502 501 500 499 498 497 496 495 494 493 492 491 490 489 488 487 486 485 484 483 482 481 480 479 478 477 476 475 474 473 472 471 470 469 468 467 466 465 464 463 462 461 460 459 458 457 456 455 454 453 452 451 450 449 448 447 446 445 444 443 442 441 440 439 438 437 436 435 434 433 432 431 430 429 428 427...

Страница 767: ...214 213 212 211 210 209 208 207 206 205 204 203 202 201 200 199 198 197 196 195 194 193 192 191 190 189 188 187 186 185 184 183 182 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 168 167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 157 156 155 154 153 152 151 150 149 148 147 146 145 144 143 142 141 140 139 138 137 136 135 134 133 132 131 130 129 128 127 126 125 124 123 122 121 120 119 118 117 116 115 ...

Страница 768: ... 1753 1744 1736 1727 1719 1711 1703 1694 1686 1678 1670 1663 1655 1647 1639 1632 1624 1617 1610 1602 1595 1588 1581 1574 1567 1560 1553 1546 1540 1533 1526 1520 1513 1507 1501 1494 1488 1482 1476 1469 1463 1457 1451 1445 1440 1434 1428 1422 1417 1411 1405 1400 1394 1389 1383 1378 1373 1367 1362 1357 1352 1347 1341 1336 1331 1326 1321 1317 1312 1307 1302 1297 1293 1288 1283 1279 1274 1269 1265 1260...

Страница 769: ...0 619 618 617 616 615 614 613 612 611 610 609 608 607 606 605 604 603 602 601 600 599 597 596 595 594 593 592 591 590 589 588 587 586 585 584 583 582 581 580 579 578 577 576 575 574 573 572 571 570 569 568 567 566 565 564 563 562 561 560 559 558 557 556 555 554 553 552 551 550 549 548 547 546 545 544 543 542 541 540 539 538 537 536 535 534 533 532 531 530 529 528 527 526 525 524 523 522 521 520 51...

Страница 770: ...93 292 291 290 289 288 287 286 285 284 283 282 281 280 279 278 277 276 275 274 273 272 271 270 269 268 267 266 265 264 263 262 261 260 259 258 257 256 255 254 253 252 251 250 249 248 247 246 245 244 243 242 241 240 239 238 237 236 235 234 233 232 231 230 229 228 227 226 225 224 223 222 221 220 219 218 217 216 215 214 213 212 211 210 209 208 207 206 205 204 203 202 201 200 199 198 197 196 195 194 1...

Страница 771: ...467883 465459 463060 460685 458335 456008 453705 451425 449168 446934 444721 442530 440361 438213 436086 433979 431892 429826 427779 425752 423744 421754 419783 417831 415896 413980 412081 410199 408335 406487 404656 402841 401043 399261 397494 395743 394007 392287 390581 388890 387214 385552 383904 382271 380651 379045 377452 375873 374307 372754 371213 369686 368171 366668 365177 363699 362232 3...

Страница 772: ...8 167914 167600 167288 166977 166668 166359 166051 165745 165440 165136 164833 164531 164230 163930 163632 163334 163038 162742 162448 162155 161863 161572 161282 160992 160704 160418 160132 159847 159563 159280 158998 158717 158437 158158 157880 157603 157327 157052 156778 156505 156233 155961 155691 155422 155153 154886 154619 154354 154089 153825 153562 153300 153039 152779 152519 152261 152003...

Страница 773: ...46 104824 104702 104580 104458 104337 104216 104095 103974 103854 103734 103615 103495 103376 103257 103139 103021 102903 102785 102667 102550 102433 102317 102200 102084 101968 101853 101737 101622 101507 101393 101278 101164 101051 100937 100824 100711 100598 100485 100373 100261 100149 100038 99927 99816 99705 99594 99484 99374 99264 99155 99045 98936 98827 98719 98610 98502 98394 98287 98179 9...

Страница 774: ...049 74987 74924 74862 74799 74737 74675 74613 74551 74489 74428 74366 74304 74243 74182 74121 74059 73998 73938 73877 73816 73755 73695 73635 73574 73514 73454 73394 73334 73274 73214 73155 73095 73036 72977 72917 72858 72799 72740 72681 72623 72564 72505 72447 72389 72330 72272 72214 72156 72098 72040 71982 71925 71867 71810 71753 71695 71638 71581 71524 71467 71410 71354 71297 71240 71184 71128 ...

Страница 775: ...715 58677 58639 58600 58562 58524 58486 58448 58410 58372 58334 58296 58258 58221 58183 58145 58108 58070 58032 57995 57958 57920 57883 57846 57808 57771 57734 57697 57660 57623 57586 57549 57512 57476 57439 57402 57365 57329 57292 57256 57219 57183 57147 57110 57074 57038 57001 56965 56929 56893 56857 56821 56785 56749 56714 56678 56642 56606 56571 56535 56500 56464 56429 56393 56358 56322 56287 ...

Страница 776: ...220 48194 48169 48143 48117 48091 48066 48040 48014 47988 47963 47937 47912 47886 47861 47835 47810 47784 47759 47734 47708 47683 47658 47632 47607 47582 47557 47531 47506 47481 47456 47431 47406 47381 47356 47331 47306 47281 47256 47232 47207 47182 47157 47132 47108 47083 47058 47034 47009 46985 46960 46935 46911 46886 46862 46838 46813 46789 46764 46740 46716 46692 46667 46643 46619 46595 46571 ...

Страница 777: ...908 40890 40871 40852 40834 40815 40797 40778 40760 40741 40723 40704 40686 40668 40649 40631 40612 40594 40576 40557 40539 40521 40503 40484 40466 40448 40430 40411 40393 40375 40357 40339 40321 40303 40285 40267 40248 40230 40212 40194 40176 40159 40141 40123 40105 40087 40069 40051 40033 40015 39998 39980 39962 39944 39927 39909 39891 39873 39856 39838 39820 39803 39785 39767 39750 39732 39715 ...

Страница 778: ...522 35508 35494 35480 35466 35452 35438 35424 35410 35396 35382 35368 35354 35340 35326 35312 35299 35285 35271 35257 35243 35229 35216 35202 35188 35174 35160 35147 35133 35119 35105 35092 35078 35064 35051 35037 35023 35010 34996 34982 34969 34955 34942 34928 34914 34901 34887 34874 34860 34847 34833 34820 34806 34793 34779 34766 34752 34739 34725 34712 34699 34685 34672 34658 34645 34632 34618 ...

Страница 779: ...389 31378 31367 31356 31345 31334 31323 31312 31301 31290 31280 31269 31258 31247 31236 31225 31214 31204 31193 31182 31171 31160 31149 31139 31128 31117 31106 31096 31085 31074 31063 31053 31042 31031 31020 31010 30999 30988 30978 30967 30956 30946 30935 30924 30914 30903 30892 30882 30871 30861 30850 30839 30829 30818 30808 30797 30786 30776 30765 30755 30744 30734 30723 30713 30702 30692 30681 ...

Страница 780: ...117 28109 28100 28091 28082 28073 28065 28056 28047 28038 28030 28021 28012 28003 27995 27986 27977 27969 27960 27951 27943 27934 27925 27916 27908 27899 27890 27882 27873 27864 27856 27847 27839 27830 27821 27813 27804 27796 27787 27778 27770 27761 27753 27744 27735 27727 27718 27710 27701 27693 27684 27676 27667 27659 27650 27642 27633 27625 27616 27608 27599 27591 27582 27574 27565 27557 27548 ...

Страница 781: ...464 25456 25449 25442 25435 25427 25420 25413 25406 25399 25392 25384 25377 25370 25363 25356 25349 25341 25334 25327 25320 25313 25306 25299 25291 25284 25277 25270 25263 25256 25249 25242 25235 25228 25220 25213 25206 25199 25192 25185 25178 25171 25164 25157 25150 25143 25136 25129 25122 25115 25108 25101 25094 25087 25080 25073 25066 25059 25052 25045 25038 25031 25024 25017 25010 25003 24996 ...

Страница 782: ...267 23261 23255 23249 23243 23237 23231 23225 23219 23213 23207 23201 23195 23189 23183 23177 23171 23165 23159 23153 23148 23142 23136 23130 23124 23118 23112 23106 23100 23094 23088 23082 23076 23070 23064 23058 23052 23047 23041 23035 23029 23023 23017 23011 23005 22999 22993 22988 22982 22976 22970 22964 22958 22952 22946 22941 22935 22929 22923 22917 22911 22906 22900 22894 22888 22882 22876 ...

Страница 783: ...1 9615 9549 9485 9421 9358 9296 9235 9175 9115 9056 8998 8941 8884 8828 8773 8719 8665 8612 8559 8507 8456 8406 8356 8306 8257 8209 8161 8114 8067 8021 7976 7931 7886 7842 7799 7755 7713 7671 7629 7588 7547 7507 7467 7427 7388 7349 7311 7273 7236 7199 7162 7126 7090 7054 7019 6984 6949 6915 6881 6848 6814 6781 6749 6717 6685 6653 6621 6590 6560 6529 6499 6469 6439 6410 6381 6352 6323 6295 6267 623...

Страница 784: ... 2859 2853 2848 2842 2836 2830 2825 2819 2813 2808 2802 2797 2791 2786 2780 2775 2769 2764 2758 2753 2747 2742 2737 2731 2726 2721 2715 2710 2705 2700 2695 2689 2684 2679 2674 2669 2664 2659 2654 2649 2644 2639 2634 2629 2624 2619 2614 2610 2605 2600 2595 2590 2585 2581 2576 2571 2567 2562 2557 2553 2548 2543 2539 2534 2530 2525 2521 2516 2511 2507 2503 2498 2494 2489 2485 2480 2476 2472 2467 2463...

Страница 785: ... 1704 1702 1700 1698 1696 1694 1692 1690 1688 1686 1684 1682 1680 1677 1675 1674 1672 1670 1668 1666 1664 1662 1660 1658 1656 1654 1652 1650 1648 1646 1644 1642 1640 1638 1636 1635 1633 1631 1629 1627 1625 1623 1621 1619 1618 1616 1614 1612 1610 1608 1607 1605 1603 1601 1599 1597 1596 1594 1592 1590 1588 1587 1585 1583 1581 1579 1578 1576 1574 1572 1571 1569 1567 1565 1564 1562 1560 1558 1557 1555...

Страница 786: ... 1214 1213 1212 1211 1209 1208 1207 1206 1205 1204 1203 1202 1201 1200 1199 1198 1197 1196 1195 1194 1193 1192 1191 1190 1189 1188 1187 1186 1185 1184 1183 1182 1181 1180 1179 1178 1177 1176 1175 1174 1173 1172 1171 1170 1169 1168 1167 1166 1165 1164 1163 1162 1161 1160 1159 1158 1157 1156 1155 1154 1153 1152 1151 1150 1149 1148 1147 1146 1145 1144 1143 1142 1141 1140 1139 1138 1137 1136 1135 1134...

Страница 787: ...90 889 888 887 886 885 884 883 882 881 880 879 878 877 876 875 874 873 872 871 870 869 868 867 866 865 864 863 862 861 860 859 858 857 856 855 854 853 852 851 850 849 848 847 846 845 844 843 842 841 840 839 838 837 836 835 834 833 832 831 830 829 828 827 826 825 824 823 822 821 820 819 818 817 816 815 814 813 812 811 810 809 808 807 806 805 804 803 802 801 800 799 798 797 796 795 794 793 792 791 7...

Страница 788: ... 554 553 552 551 550 549 548 547 546 545 544 543 542 541 540 539 538 537 536 535 534 533 532 531 530 529 528 527 526 525 524 523 522 521 520 519 518 517 516 515 514 513 512 511 510 509 508 507 506 505 504 503 502 501 500 499 498 497 496 495 494 493 492 491 490 489 488 487 486 485 484 483 482 481 480 479 478 477 476 475 474 473 472 471 470 469 468 467 466 465 464 463 462 461 460 459 458 457 456 455...

Страница 789: ...1595 21268 20950 20642 20343 20053 19770 19496 19229 18969 18716 18470 18230 17996 17768 17546 17329 17118 16912 16711 16514 16322 16134 15951 15772 15597 15425 15258 15093 14933 14776 14622 14471 14323 14179 14037 13898 13762 13628 13497 13369 13242 13119 12997 12878 12761 12646 12533 12422 12313 12206 12101 11997 11896 11796 11698 11601 11506 11412 11320 11230 11141 11053 10967 10881 10798 10715...

Страница 790: ...3424 3416 3407 3399 3391 3383 3375 3367 3359 3350 3343 3335 3327 3319 3311 3303 3295 3288 3280 3272 3265 3257 3250 3242 3235 3227 3220 3213 3205 3198 3191 3183 3176 3169 3162 3155 3148 3141 3134 3127 3120 3113 3106 3099 3092 3085 3079 3072 3065 3059 3052 3045 3039 3032 3026 3019 3013 3006 3000 2993 2987 2981 2974 2968 2962 2956 2949 2943 2937 2931 2925 2919 2913 2907 2901 2895 2889 2883 2877 2871 ...

Страница 791: ...1890 1887 1885 1882 1880 1877 1875 1872 1870 1867 1865 1862 1860 1857 1855 1852 1850 1847 1845 1843 1840 1838 1835 1833 1831 1828 1826 1823 1821 1819 1816 1814 1812 1809 1807 1805 1802 1800 1798 1795 1793 1791 1789 1786 1784 1782 1780 1777 1775 1773 1771 1768 1766 1764 1762 1759 1757 1755 1753 1751 1749 1746 1744 1742 1740 1738 1736 1733 1731 1729 1727 1725 1723 1721 1719 1716 1714 1712 1710 1708 ...

Страница 792: ...1305 1304 1303 1301 1300 1299 1298 1297 1295 1294 1293 1292 1291 1289 1288 1287 1286 1285 1284 1282 1281 1280 1279 1278 1277 1275 1274 1273 1272 1271 1270 1268 1267 1266 1265 1264 1263 1262 1261 1259 1258 1257 1256 1255 1254 1253 1252 1250 1249 1248 1247 1246 1245 1244 1243 1242 1240 1239 1238 1237 1236 1235 1234 1233 1232 1231 1230 1229 1227 1226 1225 1224 1223 1222 1221 1220 1219 1218 1217 1216 ...

Страница 793: ...1 980 979 978 977 976 975 974 973 972 971 970 969 968 967 966 965 964 963 962 961 960 959 958 957 956 955 954 953 952 951 950 949 948 947 946 945 944 943 942 941 940 939 938 937 936 935 934 933 932 931 930 929 928 927 926 925 924 923 922 921 920 919 918 917 916 915 914 913 912 911 910 909 908 907 906 905 904 903 902 901 900 899 898 897 896 895 894 893 892 891 890 889 888 887 886 885 884 883 882 88...

Страница 794: ...635 634 633 632 631 630 629 628 627 626 625 624 623 622 621 620 619 618 617 616 615 614 613 612 611 610 609 608 607 606 605 604 603 602 601 600 599 598 597 596 595 594 593 592 591 590 589 588 587 586 585 584 583 582 581 580 579 578 577 576 575 574 573 572 571 570 569 568 567 566 565 564 563 562 561 560 559 558 557 556 555 554 553 552 551 550 549 548 547 546 545 544 543 542 541 540 539 538 537 536 ...

Страница 795: ...3 422 421 420 419 418 417 416 415 414 413 412 411 410 409 408 407 406 405 404 403 402 401 400 399 398 397 396 395 394 393 392 391 390 389 388 387 386 385 384 383 382 381 380 379 378 377 376 375 374 373 372 371 370 369 368 367 366 365 364 363 362 361 360 359 358 357 356 355 354 353 352 351 350 349 348 347 346 345 344 343 Table 23 7 VBR Shaping Using PCR SCR and MBS Rates for OC 12 Cells Per Second ...

Страница 796: ...23 72 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL 7396 01 Chapter 23 Configuring the ATM Traffic Shaping Carrier Module Traffic shaping Granularity Tables ...

Страница 797: ...ure You can deploy rate limiting on your switch router to ensure that a packet or data source adheres to a stipulated contract and to determine the QoS for a packet Rate limiting can be applied to individual interfaces When an interface is configured with this feature the traffic rate will be monitored by the Ethernet processor interface ucode to verify conformity Non conforming traffic is dropped...

Страница 798: ...e policed port is not part of a point to point connection and is connected via a hub rather than a layer 2 switch Configuring Rate Limiting Enter the following command in interface configuration mode to configure rate limiting on your switch router For more detailed configuration information refer to the Policing and Shaping Overview section of the Cisco IOS Quality of Service Solutions Configurat...

Страница 799: ...include the following This feature is not supported on the LightStream 1010 IPX and traffic shaping cannot be configured at the same time If traffic shaping is configured on an interface IPX will be automatically disabled on that interface In addition IPX will be automatically disabled on any of the three other interfaces which are controlled by same hardware micro controller as the configured int...

Страница 800: ...rnet0 0 0 Rate Limit Input 1000000 20000 Rate Limit Output 100000 30000 Example The following is an example of how to display the QoS configuration on your switch router Router show epc port qos Interface Type Input Target Rate Burst Size Output bits sec bytes FastEthernet9 0 3 Rate Limit Input 10000000 64000 Rate Limit Output 10000000 64000 Example The following is an example of how to display th...

Страница 801: ...owing is an example of how to display the QoS output parameters for an interface Router show epc port qos interface f9 0 3 out Output Port QoS Parameters Current number of tokens tokens 65352 Configured burst size burstsize 65352 Token update interval ticks time1 7789 Tokens added per interval tokens_in_time1 1556 Time to fill bucket ticks time_to_fill_burst 327138 ...

Страница 802: ...24 6 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL 7396 01 Chapter 24 Configuring Rate Limiting and Traffic Shaping Displaying the Configurations ...

Страница 803: ...er to the ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide Note The LightStream 1010 system software image does not include support for the ATM router module or Layer 3 features You can download the Catalyst 8510 MSR image to a LightStream 1010 ATM switch router with a multiservice ATM switch processor installed This chapter includes the following sections Overview of the ATM Router Module page 25 2 Hard...

Страница 804: ...ected ATM peers and sends the appropriate control information to the route processor On the ATM side the ATM router module connects to the switching fabric as would any other interface module On the Catalyst 8540 MSR the ATM router module supports LANE clients LECs but not LANE servers LES LECS and BUS It separates the control and data path so that all LANE control messages are handled by the rout...

Страница 805: ...Occupies only one slot in the chassis Supports multiprotocol encapsulation over ATM RFC 1483 switched virtual connections SVCs soft permanent virtual circuits PVCs and permanent PVCs with either ATM adaptation layer 5 AAL5 Subnetwork Access Protocol SNAP or AAL5 MUX encapsulation Supports classical ATM over IP RFC 1577 SVCs and PVCs Standard and extended access control list ACL support for IP and ...

Страница 806: ...TM router module has two internal ports Catalyst 8540 MSR ATM Router Module Features The Catalyst 8540 MSR ATM router module offers the following benefits Interoperates with all of the Layer 3 switching interface modules available for the Catalyst 8540 CSR chassis For more information on the Catalyst 8540 CSR Layer 3 interface modules refer to the ATM and Layer 3 Module Installation Guide Provides...

Страница 807: ...lifies management Hot swappable Occupies only one slot in the chassis Supports RFC 1483 SVCs and PVCs with AAL5 SNAP encapsulation Supports RFC 1577 SVCs and PVCs Supports OAM based PVC management Supports BVI Supports IRB Supports VBR The ATM router module has no external interfaces All traffic is sent and received through internal interfaces to the switching fabric The Catalyst 8510 MSR and Ligh...

Страница 808: ...igured Internal VCs use the remaining VCs Do not install an ATM router module in a slot pair where hierarchical VP tunnels are configured Slot pairs 0 and 1 2 and 3 9 and 10 and 11 and 12 use the same switching modules for scheduling For example do not install an ATM router module in slot 10 when hierarchical VP tunnels are configured on slot 9 For more information on hierarchical VP tunneling res...

Страница 809: ...lated PVCs You can have a maximum of 64 LECs per chassis Do not install an ATM router module in a slot pair where hierarchical VP tunnels are configured Slot pairs 0 and 1 2 and 3 9 and 10 and 11 and 12 use the same switching modules for scheduling For example do not install an ATM router module in slot 10 when hierarchical VP tunnels are configured on slot 9 For more information on hierarchical V...

Страница 810: ...onfigured Slot pair 0 and 1 and slot pair 3 and 4 use the same switching modules for scheduling For example do not install an ATM router module in slot 1 when hierarchical VP tunnels are configured on slot 0 For more information on hierarchical VP tunneling restrictions see Chapter 7 Configuring Virtual Connections RFC 1577 SVCs LANE clients are not supported Only UBR PVCs are supported IP multica...

Страница 811: ...o configure ATM software features combined with Layer 3 features only For more detailed information on how to configure the Layer 3 modules that interoperate with the ATM router module in the Catalyst 8540 MSR chassis refer to the Layer 3 Switching Software Feature and Configuration Guide which is available on the Documentation CD ROM that came with your ATM switch router online at Cisco com or wh...

Страница 812: ...ures for configuring LANE clients LECs on the ATM router module or enhanced ATM router module are the same as for the configuration of LECs on the route processor with one exception To specify an ATM router module interface rather than the route processor interface use the interface atm card subcard port command On the route processor you would use the interface atm 0 command Note To route traffic...

Страница 813: ...Emulation For a detailed description of LANE and its components refer to Cisco IOS Switching Services Configuration Guide Virtual LANs LEC Configuration Examples The examples in this section show how to configure LANE clients LECs on networks with two routers and one Catalyst 8540 MSR For detailed information on configuring the LANE server LES LANE configuration server LECS and broadcast and unkno...

Страница 814: ...ter ATM Router Module Interface Switch configure terminal Switch config interface atm 2 0 0 1 multipoint Switch config if ip address 1 0 0 2 255 0 0 0 Switch config if lane client ethernet happy Switch config interface atm 2 0 0 2 multipoint Switch config if ip address 2 0 0 1 255 0 0 0 Switch config if lane client ethernet BACKBONE Switch config if end Switch Router 2 ATM Interface Router2 config...

Страница 815: ...Module Interface Switch configure terminal Switch config interface atm 2 0 0 1 multipoint Switch config if ip address 1 0 0 2 255 0 0 0 Switch config if lane client ethernet happy Switch config if end Switch ATM Switch Router Ethernet Interface Switch configure terminal Switch config interface gigabitethernet 9 0 0 Switch config if ip address 129 1 0 1 255 255 255 0 Switch config if no ip directed...

Страница 816: ...uter1 config if bridge group 1 Router1 config if end Router1 Router 1 Bridge Interface Router1 configure terminal Router1 config interface BVI1 Router1 config if ip address 130 2 3 1 255 255 255 0 Router1 config if exit Router1 config bridge 1 protocol ieee Router1 config bridge 1 route ip Router1 config bridge irb Router1 config end Router1 ATM Switch Router ATM Router Module Interface Switch con...

Страница 817: ...s on enhanced ATM router module interfaces Figure 25 6 shows an example of LECs and 1483 PVCs on enhanced ATM router module interfaces Figure 25 6 Example Network for LECs and 1483 PVCs on Enhanced ATM Router Module Interfaces Router 1 ATM Interface Router1 configure terminal Router1 config interface atm 2 0 Router1 config if ip address 1 0 0 1 255 0 0 0 Router1 config if atm pvc 1 0 5 qsaal Route...

Страница 818: ...Sequence FCS You can use the mtu command in interface configuration mode to configure a non default value for the frame Note For enhanced Gigabit Ethernet interface modules MTU on the subinterface should be less than or equal to the MTU on the main interface Using a consistent and max sized MTU across multiple interfaces in your network reduces or eliminates fragmentation Larger MTUs can enhance T...

Страница 819: ...ed ATM router module interface to 9218 bytes Router configure terminal Enter configuration commands one per line End with CNTL Z Router config interface atm 12 0 0 Router config if mtu 9218 Displaying the Interface MTU Configuration To show the interface MTU configuration use the following EXEC commands Examples In the following example the show interface atm command output shows that the MTU conf...

Страница 820: ...ds beginning in global configuration mode Example The following example shows how to configure RFC 1483 on an ATM router module interface beginning in global configuration mode Switch config interface atm 1 0 0 1011 multipoint Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config interface atm card subcard port subinterface multipoint Switch config subif Creates the ATM router module point to multipoint subinterfa...

Страница 821: ...5 7 Example Network for RFC 1483 Router with ATM Interface RouterA configure terminal RouterA config interface atm 3 0 1011 multipoint RouterA config subif ip address 10 1 1 2 255 255 255 0 RouterA config subif atm pvc 1011 0 1011 aal5snap RouterA config subif map group net1011 RouterA config subif ipx network 1011 RouterA config subif exit RouterA config map list net1011 RouterA config map list i...

Страница 822: ...assical IP over ATM and RFC 1577 refer to the Guide to ATM Technology In a PVC environment configure the ATM InARP mechanism on the ATM router module by performing the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Repeat these tasks for each PVC you want to create The inarp minutes interval specifies how often inverse ARP datagrams are sent on this virtual circuit The default value is 15 ...

Страница 823: ...erforming the following steps beginning in global configuration mode Note The end system identifier ESI address form is preferred in that it automatically handles the advertising of the address Use the network service access point NSAP form of the command when you need to define a full 20 byte unique address with a prefix unrelated to the network prefix on that interface You only need to specify a...

Страница 824: ... A config if ip address 123 233 45 1 255 255 255 0 Client A config if atm arp server nsap 47 0091 8100 0000 1111 1111 1111 2222 2222 2222 00 Client A config if exit Client A config atm route 47 0091 8100 0000 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 atm 1 0 0 internal ESI Example The following example shows how to configure the ATM router module interface ATM 1 0 0 of Client A in Figure 25 8 using the ESI Cl...

Страница 825: ...ce ATM 0 as an ARP server shown in Figure 25 8 ARP_Server config interface atm 1 0 0 ARP_Server config if atm esi address 0041 0b0a 1081 00 ARP_Server config if atm arp server self ARP_Server config if ip address 123 233 45 2 255 255 255 0 Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config interface atm card subcard port subinterface Switch config if Selects the Catalyst 8540 MSR enhanced ATM router module inte...

Страница 826: ...P address indicates an active call IP Address TTL ATM Address ATM1 0 0 10 0 0 5 19 21 4700918100567000000000112200410b0a108140 The following example displays the map list configuration of the static map and IP over ATM interfaces Switch show atm map Map list ATM1 0 0_ATM_ARP DYNAMIC arp maps to NSAP 36 0091810000000003D5607900 0003D5607900 00 connection up VPI 0 VCI 73 ATM2 0 0 ip 5 1 1 98 maps to...

Страница 827: ...config if Specifies the interface on the ATM router module to configure Step 2 Switch config if atm pvc 2 vci interface atm card subcard port vpi Configures a PVC Note The VPI number on the ATM router module interface must be 2 Step 3 Switch config if bridge group number Assigns the interface to a bridge group Step 4 Switch config if end Switch config Returns to global configuration mode Step 5 Sw...

Страница 828: ... if atm pvc 2 200 interface atm 1 0 1 0 200 Switch config if atm pvc 2 201 interface atm 1 0 1 0 300 Switch config if bridge group 5 Switch config if end Switch config map list bg_1 Switch config map list bridge atm vc 200 broadcast Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config interface atm card subcard port Switch config if Specifies the interface to configure on the ATM router module Step 2 Switch confi...

Страница 829: ...play the bridging configuration on the ATM router module interface use the following privileged EXEC command Example Switch show bridge verbose Total of 300 station blocks 297 free Codes P permanent S self BG Hash Address Action Interface VC Age RX count TX count 5 28 0 0000 0ce4 341c forward Fa0 0 0 5 2A 0 0000 0cac be94 forward ATM3 0 0 200 5 FA 0 0060 3e59 c63c forward Fa0 0 0 Command Purpose s...

Страница 830: ...at a packet or data source adheres to a stipulated contract and to determine the QoS for a packet Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config ip multicast routing Enables IP multicast routing Step 2 Switch config interface atm card subcard port subinterface multipoint Switch config subif Creates the ATM router module point to multipoint subinterface and enters subinterface mode Note The ATM router module...

Страница 831: ...te limiting cannot be configured at the same time If rate limiting is configured on an interface IPX will be automatically disabled on that interface In addition IPX will be automatically disabled on any of the three other interfaces which are controlled by the same hardware micro controller as the configured interface For example if rate limiting is configured on Fast Ethernet slot 0 IPX will not...

Страница 832: ...vely at the VC bundle level Using VC bundles you can create differentiated service by flexibly distributing IP precedence levels over the different VC bundle members You can map a single precedence level or a range of levels to each discrete VC in the bundle thereby enabling individual VCs in the bundle to carry packets marked with different precedence levels Benefits The following benefits apply ...

Страница 833: ...le name Switch config if atm bundle Creates the VC bundle changes to VC bundle configuration mode Step 4 Switch config if atm bundle protocol ip address ip ip address ipx ipx address inarp no broadcast Configures the VC bundle protocol Step 5 Switch config if atm bundle oam bundle manage frequency seconds Enables end to end F5 OAM loopback cell generation and OAM management for all VCs in the VC b...

Страница 834: ... Switch config if atm member precedence 7 Switch config if atm member bump explicit 3 Switch config if atm member pvc 2 201 interface atm 0 0 0 2 101 Switch config if atm member precedence 6 Switch config if atm member pvc 2 202 interface atm 0 0 0 2 102 Switch config if atm member precedence 5 Switch config if atm member pvc 2 203 interface atm 0 0 0 2 103 Switch config if atm member precedence 4...

Страница 835: ...Yes UP 2 202 ATM0 0 0 0 202 5 5 4 Yes UP 2 203 ATM0 0 0 0 203 4 4 3 Yes UP 2 204 ATM0 0 0 0 204 3 3 2 Yes UP 2 205 ATM0 0 0 0 205 2 2 1 Yes UP 2 206 ATM0 0 0 0 206 1 1 0 Yes UP 2 207 ATM0 0 0 0 207 0 0 Yes UP Switch In the following example the show atm bundle stat command displays the statistics for the VC bundle Switch show atm bundle cisco stat cisco on ATM12 0 0 1 UP VCI Rx cells Tx cells X In...

Страница 836: ...ng VC Bundling with IP and ATM QoS This section describes the ATM virtual circuit VC bundle management on the enhanced ATM Router Module with IP ATM QoS configured The ATM VC bundle management feature allows you to configure multiple VCs that have different QoS characteristics between any pair of ATM connected routers or Catalyst 8500 MSRs Note The VC bundle feature is only applicable for enhanced...

Страница 837: ...e Per Hop Behavior and Output Processing Mapping the IP to ATM Configuration The VC bundle configuration with IP to ATM QoS shown in Figure 25 11 has eight PVCs bundled into the multipoint subinterfaces on each of the enhanced ATM router modules The PVCs have the IP precedence set to the following applications IP precedence 7 6 5 and 3 for the voice application IP precedence 4 for the video applic...

Страница 838: ... section describes configuring the input processing on Gigabit Ethernet interfaces in an IP to ATM QoS VC bundle on an enhanced ATM router module ATM 9 0 0 ARM II ATM 0 0 0 GigabitEthernet 11 0 0 Catalyst 8540 Switch 1 Legend 7 5 3 Voice 4 Video 2 Hi Priority 1 0 Default Precedence Application ATM 9 0 1 ARM II ATM 0 0 1 GigabitEthernet 11 0 1 Catalyst 8540 Switch 2 VPI 2 VCI 200 201 202 203 ARM II...

Страница 839: ... The following example classifies the voice packets based on IP precedence BA classifier and voice signaling packets based on source IP address and UDP port MF classifier Switch1 config class map match all voice Switch1 config cmap match ip precedence 3 5 6 7 Switch1 config cmap exit Switch1 config class map match all ABC signaling host Switch1 config cmap match access group 101 Switch1 config cma...

Страница 840: ...01 permit udp 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 255 any eq 2556 Switch1 Configure and Apply the Input Policy Map On the GigabitEtherrnet interfaces and enhanced ATM router module subinterfaces the signaling packets must be marked for IP precedence 3 This allows end to end QoS policies in mixed IP to ATM network To configure the signaling packets with an IP precedence to 3 use the following commands beginning in globa...

Страница 841: ...Example The following example applies a service policy to the Gigabit Ethernet interface Switch1 config interface gigabitEthernet 11 0 0 Switch1 config if service policy input mark Service policy mark is already attached Switch1 config if Switch1 When the ABC signaling packets enter the switch from the ATM interface the policy map is applied to the enhanced ATM router module subinterfaces If ABC s...

Страница 842: ...wing example classifies the three BA classifiers They correspond to the three output queue Switch1 config class map match all hipri Switch1 config cmap match ip precedence 2 Switch1 config cmap exit Switch1 config class map match all mark video Switch1 config cmap match access group 151 Switch1 config cmap exit Switch1 config class map match all mark voice Switch1 config cmap match access group 15...

Страница 843: ...recedence 3 5 6 7 Switch1 Configuring Output Policy Map Consider the following key item when configuring IP to ATM QoS on an enhanced ATM router module There is a maximum of four scheduler classes that can be used The four scheduler classes are configured on the output policy map with the bandwidth command The maximum cumulative bandwidth that can be configured in the four policy maps is 1Gbps but...

Страница 844: ...obability 100 freeze time 15 Switch1 config pmap c exit Switch1 config pmap class class default Switch1 config pmap c bandwidth 25000 random detect buffer group 0 max probability 100 freeze time 15 Switch1 config pmap c end Switch1 Command Purpose Step 1 Switch config policy map policy map name Switch1 config pmap Specifies the policy map name and changes to policy map configuration mode Step 2 Sw...

Страница 845: ...dom detect buffer group 0 max probability 100 freeze time 15 Switch1 Applying the Output Policy Map on the Enhanced ATM Router Module This section describes applying the policy map to the output enhanced ATM router module To apply the output service policy on the enhanced ATM router module subinterface use the following commands beginning in global configuration mode Example The following example ...

Страница 846: ...our example topology shown in Figure 25 11 the ATM tunnel interface ATM 0 0 0 11 is connected to the Catalyst 8540 MSR at Switch 2 This requires the PVCs and bundled PVCs terminating on the enhanced ATM router module subinterfaces to transit the correct ATM tunnel port depending on the destination Creating the Traffic Rows for PVCs and VC bundle Members The link from Switch 1 to Switch 2 is 10 Mbp...

Страница 847: ...cal rx cttr 501 tx cttr 501 Switch1 config if end Switch1 The following command confirms that the hierarchical tunnel service was configured on the ATM connection between Switch 1 and Switch 2 Switch1 show run interface atm 0 1 1 Building configuration Current configuration 193 bytes interface ATM0 1 1 description OC 3 at Switch1 no ip address no ip route cache cef atm pvp 10 hierarchical rx cttr ...

Страница 848: ...onfig if atm bundle Step 3 Switch config subif bundle name Switch config if atm bundle Creates the VC bundle changes to VC bundle configuration mode Step 4 Switch config if atm bundle protocol ip address ip ip address ipx ipx address inarp no broadcast Configures the VC bundle protocol Step 5 Switch config if atm bundle oam bundle manage frequency seconds Enables end to end F5 OAM loopback cell ge...

Страница 849: ...e VC s The four broute VCs each map to one of the remaining scheduler classes as shown in Figure 25 12 Note Only the broute VCs from XPIF based interface modules can terminate on the classes 1 6 7 and 8 IP QoS is not supported on EPIF based modules so all broute VCs from EPIF based Fast Ethernet Gigabit Ethernet and the original ATM route module go to scheduler class 4 only The broute VC 0 maps to...

Страница 850: ...p atm qos command displays the mapping between the class maps and scheduler classes For example using the following formula class voice has a bandwidth of 200 Mbps the total being 500 Mbps and the weight is calculated as 51 This weight is assigned to scheduler class 8 displayed using the show epc ip atm qos command Next you must go back and calculate the minimum guaranteed bandwidth provided based...

Страница 851: ...ows 90 Mbps that much voice traffic could be sent This explanation describes traffic coming from Ethernet and ATM interfaces into the enhanced ATM router module When traffic leaves the enhanced ATM router module and is transmitted out of the OC 3 interface all ATM guarantees are preserved by the switch fabric For example if traffic enters from the Ethernet interface and exits from OC 3 through the...

Страница 852: ...fewer drops than other classes In the second case when the ATM output is congested with excess traffic from the enhanced ATM router module traffic is dropped based on the characteristics of the ATM PVCs and not on the IP QoS configuration If no drop policy is configured in the output policy for each class the default is tail drop Tail drop simply means that if there is congestion the last packet r...

Страница 853: ...s Map name mark video Filter status TRUE Filter Type Match IP NUM ACL Filter params 151 Action Type SET Type IP Precedence Value 4 Class Id for this class 2 Label Id for the policymap 0 Class Map name video Filter status TRUE Filter Type Match IP PRECEDENCE Filter params 2 6 Action Type SET Type IP Precedence Value 2 Class Id for this class 3 Label Id for the policymap 0 Class Map name class defau...

Страница 854: ...9788 2 CBR 15 240 0 422535 3 VBR RT VBR NRT 8 128 6394 225352 4 LSIPCs 15 255 5 UBR UBR 4 64 0 112676 External Weights for IPQoS is assigned through Bandwidth CLI Switch1 The following command verifies the VC bundle precedence mapping Switch1 show epc vc bundle ph jm bundle map not present for bundle ph jm Switch1 sh epc vc bundle ph bj bundle located at address 79804 Precedence to VCD map Precede...

Страница 855: ...signaling anyhost match access group 100 class map match all mark video match access group 151 class map match all mark voice match access group 150 class map match all QPM_3 5Mb 30V 2VC match ip precedence 5 6 7 class map match all video match ip precedence 4 class map match all voice match ip precedence 3 5 6 7 policy map mark class mark voice set ip precedence 5 class mark video set ip preceden...

Страница 856: ...br pcr 10000 packet discard atm connection traffic table row index 1073741823 cbr pcr 10000 atm address 47 0091 8100 0000 0002 fdf3 9b01 0002 fdf3 9b01 00 atm address 47 0091 8100 0000 aaaa bbbb cccc 0010 7bc5 d301 00 atm router pnni no aesa embedded number left justified node 1 level 56 lowest redistribute atm static interface ATM0 0 0 description OC 3 at PH no ip address load interval 30 atm pvp...

Страница 857: ...interface ATM0 0 0 10 10 202 precedence 2 pvc bundle 2 203 pd on interface ATM0 0 0 10 10 203 precedence other interface ATM9 0 0 2 multipoint description Connection to JM ip address 3 0 0 1 255 0 0 0 bundle ph jm protocol ip inarp broadcast pvc bundle 2 300 pd on wrr weight 2 rx cttr 301 tx cttr 301 interface ATM0 0 0 11 11 300 precedence 3 5 7 pvc bundle 2 301 pd on wrr weight 2 rx cttr 302 tx c...

Страница 858: ... atm vc 2001 broadcast map list xyy ip 44 0 0 2 atm vc 3000 broadcast access list 100 permit udp any any eq 2556 access list 101 permit udp 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 255 any eq 2556 access list 102 permit ip host 6 0 0 2 host 7 0 0 2 access list 150 permit ip host 50 0 0 2 any access list 150 permit ip host 50 0 0 3 any access list 151 permit ip host 50 0 0 4 any line con 0 exec timeout 0 0 history size 100 l...

Страница 859: ...ute 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 50 0 0 1 no ip http server ip pim bidir enable no cdp run call rsvp sync voice port 1 0 0 voice port 1 0 1 voice port 1 1 0 voice port 1 1 1 mgcp profile default dial peer voice 100 pots destination pattern 100 port 1 1 1 dial peer voice 101 voip destination pattern 1 session target ipv4 51 0 0 2 codec g711ulaw line con 0 line aux 0 line vty 0 4 login end voice PH The following...

Страница 860: ...32768 sdm ipqos 512 sdm policy 0 no ip subnet zero no ip domain lookup ip multicast routing class map match all hipri match ip precedence 2 class map match all ABC signaling host match access group 101 class map match all ABC signaling anyhost match access group 100 class map match all lat1 match access group 102 class map match all mark video match access group 151 class map match all mark voice ...

Страница 861: ...onnection traffic table row index 303 vbr nrt pcr 400 scr10 350 packet discard atm connection traffic table row index 500 cbr pcr 7000 packet discard atm connection traffic table row index 501 cbr pcr 10000 packet discard atm connection traffic table row index 503 cbr pcr 2000 packet discard atm address 47 0091 8100 0000 0002 fdf3 a701 0002 fdf3 a701 00 atm router pnni no aesa embedded number left...

Страница 862: ...5 7 pvc bundle 2 201 pd on wrr weight 2 rx cttr 302 tx cttr 302 interface ATM0 0 0 10 10 201 precedence 4 pvc bundle 2 202 pd on wrr weight 2 rx cttr 303 tx cttr 303 interface ATM0 0 0 10 10 202 precedence 2 pvc bundle 2 203 pd on interface ATM0 0 0 10 10 203 precedence other interface ATM9 0 0 2 multipoint description Connection to PH ip address 3 0 0 2 255 0 0 0 bundle jm ph protocol ip inarp br...

Страница 863: ...t ais shut sonet threshold sf ber 4 interface ATM12 0 2 no ip address sonet ais shut sonet threshold sf ber 4 interface ATM12 0 3 no ip address sonet ais shut sonet threshold sf ber 4 router eigrp 100 network 2 0 0 0 network 3 0 0 0 network 7 0 0 0 network 10 0 0 0 network 33 0 0 0 network 35 0 0 0 network 51 0 0 0 network 100 0 0 0 auto summary no eigrp log neighbor changes ip classless no ip htt...

Страница 864: ...n Guide OL 7396 01 Chapter 25 Configuring ATM Router Module Interfaces Configuring VC Bundling with IP and ATM QoS bridge 1 route ip line con 0 exec timeout 0 0 history size 100 line vty 0 4 exec timeout 0 0 password lab login length 0 end Switch2 ...

Страница 865: ...ages Catalyst 8540 MSR page 26 5 Maintaining Functional Images Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 page 26 7 Check the information in the first sections of the chapter to determine if it applies to your installation Also familiarize yourself with the Cisco IOS File System section as this describes new features in this release If you are an experienced IOS user you can skip the third section Con...

Страница 866: ...em running config nvram startup config The syntax filesystem filename is called the file URL In addition remote file systems such as TFTP FTP and rcp allow you to specify additional options in the file URL such as username password remote host and so on This way you can enter all the required information at once without having to respond to prompts With IFS some show commands have been replaced wi...

Страница 867: ...855 nvram rw nvram network rw rcp network rw ftp 5242880 0 opaque ro atm acct ready 5242880 5242880 opaque ro atm acct active 20578304 5264212 flash rw sec slot0 flash rw sec slot1 7602176 641048 flash rw sec bootflash 520184 517855 nvram rw sec nvram nvram rw sec rcsf File System Tasks Refer to the Configuration Fundamentals Configuration Guide for details on the following frequently performed ta...

Страница 868: ...configuration copy configuration files between Flash memory devices or copy a configuration file from a server to Flash memory Reexecute the configuration commands in startup configuration or clear the configuration information Modifying Downloading and Maintaining System Images The following are frequently performed tasks to maintain system image files Copy images from Flash memory to a network s...

Страница 869: ...lyst 8540 MSR Functional images provide the low level operating functionality for various hardware controllers On hardware controllers with insystem programmable devices such as field programmable gate arrays FPGAs and Erasable Programmable Logic Devices EPLDs the hardware functional images can be reprogrammed independently of loading the system image and without removing the devices from the cont...

Страница 870: ...commands on the switch Example The following example demonstrates loading the functional image fi_c8540_rp B 3_91 from the Flash PC card in slot 0 to the controller for the route processor in slot 4 Switch reprogram slot0 fi_c8540_rp B 3_91 4 Displaying the Functional Image Information Catalyst 8540 MSR To display the functional image version in a hardware controller use the following command in p...

Страница 871: ...d functional images used by certain hardware controllers in the ATM switch router This section describes the function and maintenance of functional images Note If your E1 interface module has a functional image version earlier than 2 4 installed you must first install intermediate functional image version 2 4 prior to upgrading Similarly functional image version 3 3 is the intermediate image for t...

Страница 872: ...ding functional images on the ATM switch router differs from that described in the Cisco IOS documentation To download a functional image from a Flash memory device to a hardware controller use the following command in privileged EXEC mode The reprogram command checks the compatibility of the image for the selected card type before downloading the functional image Caution Do not interrupt the down...

Страница 873: ...tch show functional image info subslot 4 0 HardwareRequired B8 3 2 FunctionalVersion 2 3 Sections 1 Section1Format BINARY length 303016 PUMA 4CE1 Firmware image Firmware Image fi c8510 4e1fr 2_3 EPLD config file C85MS 4E1 FRRJ48 jcf Chain description Part type Bits Config file EPM7256S 10 cougar custom puma pld testbench PROG_FILES 4CE1 PLD DB 7256 pof EPM7064S 10 cougar custom puma pld testbench ...

Страница 874: ...10 ATM Switch Router Software Configuration Guide OL 7396 01 Chapter 26 Managing Configuration Files System Images and Functional Images Maintaining Functional Images Catalyst 8510 MSR and LightStream 1010 ...

Страница 875: ...hapter 11 Configuring ATM Routing and PNNI For a functional description of hierarchical PNNI refer to the Guide to ATM Technology For a complete description of the commands mentioned in this chapter refer to the ATM and Layer 3 Switch Router Command Reference publication Adding a Higher Level of PNNI Hierarchy Figure A 1 shows an example network with two PNNI peer groups connected by an Interim In...

Страница 876: ...own in Figure A 2 are also provided Switch T1 Initial Configuration The initial configuration for switch NewYork BldB T1 follows hostname NewYork BldB T1 atm address 47 0091 4455 6677 1144 1011 1233 0060 3e7b 3a01 00 atm router pnni node 1 level 72 lowest redistribute atm static Switch T2 Initial Configuration The initial configuration for switch NewYork BldB T2 follows hostname NewYork BldB T2 at...

Страница 877: ...tch NewYork BldB T3 follows hostname NewYork BldB T3 atm address 47 0091 4455 6677 1144 1011 1255 0060 3e5b c401 00 atm router pnni node 1 level 72 lowest redistribute atm static interface ATM0 0 2 no ip address atm route 47 0091 4455 6677 22 ATM0 0 2 To display the reachability information use the show atm route command To display the interface type use the show atm interface command NewYork BldB...

Страница 878: ...sion V4 0 Switch T5 Initial Configuration The initial configuration for switch SanFran BldA T5 follows hostname SanFran BldA T5 atm address 47 0091 4455 6677 2233 1011 1244 0060 3e7b 2401 00 atm router pnni node 1 level 72 lowest redistribute atm static Configuring Second Level of PNNI Hierarchy on Switches T3 and T4 The following example shows how to configure and display the second level of PNNI...

Страница 879: ...mation deleted PNNI node 2 is enabled and running Node name SanFran System address 47 009144556677223310111266 00603E7B2001 02 Node ID 56 72 47 009144556677223300000000 00603E7B2001 00 Peer group ID 56 47 0091 4455 6677 0000 0000 0000 Level 56 Priority 0 0 No of interfaces 0 No of neighbors 0 Parent Node Index NONE information deleted SanFran BldA T4 show atm pnni hierarchy Locally configured pare...

Страница 880: ...ran BldA T4 config if end SanFran BldA T4 ATM 5 ATMSOFTSTART Restarting ATM signalling and ILMI on ATM0 0 3 Note When you change the link from IISP to PNNI all existing connections across the interface are cleared The ability to route new connections across the link is restored within a few seconds when the PNNI uplinks and induced horizontal link come up Verifying Connectivity to All ATM Addresse...

Страница 881: ...P 0 47 0091 4455 6677 2233 72 P I 9 0 UP 0 47 0091 4455 6677 2233 1011 1244 104 P SI 1 0 UP 0 47 0091 4455 6677 2233 1011 1266 104 R I 1 ATM2 0 0 UP 0 47 0091 4455 6677 2233 1011 1266 0060 3e7b 2001 152 R I 1 ATM2 0 0 UP 0 47 0091 4455 6677 2233 1011 1266 0060 3e7b 2002 152 R I 1 ATM2 0 0 UP 0 47 0091 4455 6677 2233 1011 1266 4000 0c 128 The following example shows how to delete the old static rou...

Страница 882: ...evels of PNNI hierarchy Note If no renumbering is necessary and all ATM switch routers are peer group leader logical group node PGL LGN capable Cisco IOS Release 11 3T WA4 or later releases existing connections are not affected by the migration process The existing connections remain active while you modify the PNNI configuration You can implement the migration process one ATM switch router at a t...

Страница 883: ... R I 1 ATM2 0 0 UP 0 47 0091 4455 6677 1144 1011 1233 0060 3e7b 3a02 152 R I 1 ATM2 0 0 UP 0 47 0091 4455 6677 1144 1011 1233 0060 3e7b 3a03 152 R I 1 ATM2 0 0 UP 0 47 0091 4455 6677 1144 1011 1233 0060 3e7b 3a04 152 R I 1 ATM2 0 0 UP 0 47 0091 4455 6677 1144 1011 1233 0060 3e7b 3a05 152 R I 1 ATM2 0 0 UP 0 47 0091 4455 6677 1144 1011 1233 4000 0c 128 P I 9 0 UP 0 47 0091 4455 6677 1144 1011 1244 ...

Страница 884: ...the peer group leader PGL Before moving down the first ATM switch router configure the logical group node LGN for the second level of hierarchy on the ATM switch router Note We recommend that you enter the no auto summary command to disable auto summary on all new LGNs during the migration process PNNI always routes to the node that advertises the longest matching reachable address prefix therefor...

Страница 885: ...ig pnni node name SanFran SanFran BldA T4 config pnni node no auto summary SanFran BldA T4 config pnni node exit SanFran BldA T4 config atm router node 1 SanFran BldA T4 config pnni node election leadership priority 45 SanFran BldA T4 config pnni node node 1 disable SanFran BldA T4 config pnni node node 1 level 72 SanFran BldA T4 config pnni node parent 2 SanFran BldA T4 config pnni node node 1 en...

Страница 886: ...e or more of the ATM switch routers that have been moved down into the peer group as a backup PGL The following example shows how to configure SanFran BldA T5 as a backup PGL for the peer group SanFran see Figure A 4 SanFran BldA T5 configure terminal Enter configuration commands one per line End with CNTL Z SanFran BldA T5 config atm router pnni SanFran BldA T5 config atm router node 2 level 56 S...

Страница 887: ...5 configure terminal Enter configuration commands one per line End with CNTL Z SanFran BldA T5 config atm router pnni SanFran BldA T5 config atm router node 2 SanFran BldA T5 config pnni node auto summary SanFran BldA T5 config pnni node end SanFran BldA T5 The following example shows how to verify the configuration SanFran BldA T5 show atm pnni summary Codes Node Node index advertising this summa...

Страница 888: ...P SI 2 0 UP 0 47 0091 4455 6677 2233 72 P I 13 0 UP 0 47 0091 4455 6677 2233 1011 1244 104 P SI 1 0 UP 0 47 0091 4455 6677 2233 1011 1266 104 R I 1 ATM2 0 0 UP 0 47 0091 4455 6677 2233 1011 1266 0060 3e7b 2001 152 R I 1 ATM2 0 0 UP 0 47 0091 4455 6677 2233 1011 1266 0060 3e7b 2002 152 R I 1 ATM2 0 0 UP 0 47 0091 4455 6677 2233 1011 1266 4000 0c 128 Moving Switches T3 T1 and T2 Down into a New Peer...

Страница 889: ...2 160 47 009144556677114410111244 00603E5BBC01 00 Peer group ID 72 47 0091 4455 6677 1144 0000 0000 Level 72 Priority 0 0 No of interfaces 3 No of neighbors 1 Parent Node Index NONE information deleted NewYork BldB T2 show atm route Codes P installing Protocol S Static P PNNI R Routing control T Type I Internal prefix E Exterior prefix SE Summary Exterior prefix SI Summary Internal prefix ZE Suppr...

Страница 890: ...er node 2 NewYork BldB T3 config pnni node auto summary NewYork BldB T3 config pnni node end NewYork BldB T3 The following examples show how to verify the configuration NewYork BldB T3 show atm pnni summary Codes Node Node index advertising this summary Type Summary type INT internal EXT exterior Sup Suppressed flag Y Yes N No Auto Auto Summary flag Y Yes N No Adv Advertised flag Y Yes N No Node T...

Страница 891: ... available bit rate ACK acknowledge AESA ATM end system address AIS alarm indication signal APS automatic protection switching AR access rate ARP Address Resolution Protocol ATM ARP ATM Address Resolution Protocol AW administrative weight Bc committed burst size Be excess burst size BER bit error rate BERT bit error rate test BITS Building Integrated Timing Supply BOOTP Bootstrap Protocol BUS broa...

Страница 892: ...transmit clocking CTD cell transfer delay CTT Connection Traffic Table CTTR Connection Traffic Table row CUG closed user group DACS digital access and crossconnect system DCC Data Country Code DIP dual in line package DLCI data link connection identifier EFCI Explicit Forward Congestion Indication EHSA Enhanced High System Availability EIGRP Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol ELAN emulated...

Страница 893: ... delineation LDP Label Distribution Protocol LEC LAN emulation client LECS LAN emulation configuration server LER Label Edge Router LES LAN emulation server LGN logical group node LIS logical IP subnet LMI Local Management Interface LOS loss of signal LSR Label Switch Router MaxCR maximum cell rate MBS maximum burst size MCR minimum cell rate MDL maintenance data link MMF multimode fiber MSR multi...

Страница 894: ...otocol PNNI Private Network Network Interface PPP Point to Point Protocol PRS primary reference source PTSE PNNI topology state element PVC permanent virtual channel PVCL permanent virtual channel link PVP permanent virtual path PVPL permanent virtual path link QoS quality of service QSAAL Q 2931 protocol over signalling ATM adaptation layer RADIUS Remote Dial In User Service RAIG Resource Availab...

Страница 895: ...CC switched virtual channel connection SVPC switched virtual path connection TACACS Terminal Access Controller Access Control System TBR tag bit rate TDM time division multiplexer TDP Tag Distribution Protocol TVC tag virtual channel UBR unspecified bit rate UBR unspecified bit rate plus UDP User Datagram Protocol UNI User Network Interface UPC usage parameter control UTP unshielded twisted pair V...

Страница 896: ...are Configuration Guide OL 7396 01 Appendix VPI virtual path identifier VPN virtual private network VRF virtual routing and forwarding WK well known WRR weighted round robin Table B 1 List of Acronyms continued Acronym Definition ...

Страница 897: ... 45 aal1 service command ces 19 4 19 66 19 70 aal1 service structured command ces 19 12 aal1 service unstructured command ces 19 15 19 45 abbreviating commands 2 2 ABR configuring example 9 34 9 35 configuring CTT rows example 9 12 configuring OSF 9 6 congestion notification mode 9 8 to 9 9 CTT row default 9 11 limits of best effort connections 9 27 output queue maximum 9 17 service category limit...

Страница 898: ...r modules ASPs See ATM switch processors atm0 interface note 3 8 atm abr mode command 9 9 atm access group command 12 6 ATM accounting configuring 15 1 to 15 14 configuring interfaces 15 4 controlling data collection 15 9 copying data file with TFTP 15 12 data files 15 7 to 15 8 environment figure 15 2 global configuration 15 3 overview 15 2 15 20 remote logging 15 13 to 15 14 selection table 15 5...

Страница 899: ...cations and defaults 9 12 hierarchical VP tunnels 7 85 shaped VP tunnels 7 82 single service VP tunnels 7 80 ATM E 164 translation table configuration mode description 2 14 table 2 4 atm e164 address command 17 7 atm e164 auto conversion command 17 8 atm e164 translation command 17 10 atm e164 translation table command entering command mode 2 14 ATM end system addresses See AESA atm esi address co...

Страница 900: ...ticast 25 28 IP QoS 22 15 nondefault well known PVCs 7 75 point to multipoint PVCCs 7 14 PVC based map list 13 8 RFC 1483 25 18 terminating connections 7 9 VCCs 7 3 22 15 atm pvc encap aal5snap command 13 6 25 20 25 25 25 26 atm pvp command connecting VP tunnels 16 11 hierarchical VP tunnels 7 85 PVPs 7 10 shaped VP tunnels 7 82 tag switching on VP tunnels 16 9 VP tunnels 7 80 atm qos default comm...

Страница 901: ... 17 2 atm signalling vpci command 7 87 atm snoop command 7 91 atm snoop vc command 7 92 atm snoop vp command 7 92 atm soft redundancy group command redundant soft PVC destinations 7 59 atm soft redundancy member command redundant soft PVC destinations 7 59 atm soft vc command 7 21 7 34 point to multipoint soft PVC connections 7 65 atm soft vp command 7 27 7 35 atm sustained cell rate margin factor...

Страница 902: ...guring 14 11 to 14 13 monitoring 14 16 redundant 14 15 C cablelength command 20 3 calendar configuring 4 14 calendar set command 4 14 call agent command sgcp 19 61 called address mask command 17 12 called nsap address command 17 12 calling nsap address command 17 12 carrier modules documentation xxxiv CAS configuring soft PVCs with CAS 19 34 with CAS and on hook detection 19 37 description 19 34 C...

Страница 903: ...19 2 to 19 7 unstructured services hard PVCs 19 10 to 19 13 overview 19 9 to 19 10 soft PVCs 19 13 to 19 18 SVCs 19 44 to 19 48 ces aal1 clock adaptive command 19 12 ces aal1 clock command 19 4 ces aal1 clock synchronous command 19 15 19 45 ces aal1 service command 19 4 19 66 19 70 ces aal1 service structured command 19 12 ces aal1 service unstructured command 19 15 19 45 ces address command show ...

Страница 904: ...circuit name command ces 19 12 circuit command ces 19 4 19 62 circuit command show ces 19 13 19 48 19 53 circuit emulation services See CES circuit emulation services interworking function See CES IWF circuit interface command show ces 19 13 19 48 19 53 circuit name command ces circuit 19 12 circuits deleting 19 55 to 19 56 reconfiguring 19 54 to 19 55 structured services 19 18 to 19 44 unstructur...

Страница 905: ...p graceful shutdown 19 61 command sgcp request retries 19 60 command sgcp request timeout 19 60 command show ces address 19 8 command show ces circuit 19 13 19 48 19 53 command show ces circuit interface 19 13 19 48 19 53 command show ces status 19 45 command show ip ssh 4 22 command show sgcp 19 57 command show sgcp connection 19 60 command show sgcp endpoint 19 59 command ssh 4 21 command modes ...

Страница 906: ...91 7 98 methods 3 2 OC 12c 18 9 to 18 10 OC 3c 18 5 to 18 6 OC 48c 18 11 to 18 12 T1 ATM 18 15 to 18 17 T1 IMA 21 3 to 21 5 T1 trunk 18 15 to 18 17 terminal lines and modem support 4 1 to 4 2 troubleshooting connections 18 17 configuring LECs and 1483 PVCs 25 15 connection category command 17 12 connection command show sgcp 19 60 connections Frame Relay 20 23 to 20 54 OAM 8 1 to 8 4 See also VCs c...

Страница 907: ... 15 7 dest address CES point to multipoint soft PVC connections 19 67 19 71 diag online access command 3 21 diag online access freq command 3 21 diag online command 3 21 diag online oir command 3 21 diag online oir pktsize command 3 21 diag online snake command 3 21 diag online snake timer command 3 21 differentiated services 22 12 DiffServ code point See DSCP 22 6 Digital Access and Crossconnect ...

Страница 908: ... 16 restricted membership database 14 9 unrestricted membership database 14 8 See also LANE election leadership priority command 11 21 emulated LANs See ELANs enable command ATM accounting 15 7 entering privileged EXEC mode 2 6 endpoint command show sgcp 19 59 end system identifier See ESI end to end loopback example 8 4 Enhanced High System Availability See EHSA erase startup config command 3 4 e...

Страница 909: ...pying ATM accounting files 15 12 functional images 26 5 to 26 9 IOS file system 26 2 to 26 3 preparing for download 26 1 system images 26 4 filters See ATM filters FPGAs description 26 5 See also functional images frame discard 17 3 Frame Relay CDS3 port adapters 20 2 to 20 6 CE1 port adapters 20 7 to 20 9 configuring frame size 20 11 to 20 14 encapsulation displaying example 20 10 enabling 20 9 F...

Страница 910: ...idelines 20 32 configuring network PVCs 20 25 configuring service PVCs 20 27 configuring soft PVCs example 20 38 configuring terminating service PVCs 20 29 configuring the CTT 20 21 configuring transit PVCs 20 31 default CTT rows table 20 21 functions 20 9 to 20 11 resource management CTT rows 20 18 to 20 22 interfaces 20 22 to 20 23 Frame Relay to Frame Relay configuring soft PVCs 20 32 to 20 35 ...

Страница 911: ...dentifier 15 23 IISP ATM addresses 11 4 configuring 6 7 11 2 to 11 7 configuring interfaces 6 7 displaying configurations 6 8 overview 11 1 routing mode 11 2 to 11 4 static routes 3 18 11 6 ILMI access filters 10 2 to 10 3 ATM addresses 10 1 ATM address groups 10 8 configuring interfaces 10 5 to 10 8 configuring nondefault PVC 7 74 displaying address prefix 10 6 global system configuration 10 1 to...

Страница 912: ...8 4 interface modules ATM router module 25 2 description 18 1 OC 12c 18 9 OC 3c 18 5 OC 48c 18 11 interface overbooking configuring 9 37 displaying configuration 9 38 9 40 restrictions 9 37 interface range command entering interface range command mode 2 8 interface range configuration mode description 2 8 table 2 3 interfaces 155 Mbps 18 3 to 18 5 25 Mbps 18 2 to 18 3 622 Mbps 18 6 to 18 8 ATM rou...

Страница 913: ...g 3 7 to 3 9 configuring parallel interfaces note 16 4 displaying configuration 3 8 loopback interfaces 16 3 ping destinations 8 6 set to default 3 4 ip command 13 8 13 9 ip domain name command 4 20 IP load sharing configuring 13 13 ip load sharing per packet command 13 13 IP multicast configuring 25 28 example 25 28 ip multicast routing command 25 28 IP over ATM See classical IP over ATM ip pim c...

Страница 914: ...networks 14 12 14 13 enabling the configuration server 14 10 ESI template 14 4 ESI values derived from MAC address 14 4 Ethernet clients 14 14 examples 14 17 to 14 32 LECSs addresses 14 7 configuring 14 4 LESs 14 11 to 14 13 overview 14 1 prefix template 14 4 redundant LECSs 14 15 routing between ELANs 14 11 14 12 SSRP 14 15 Token Ring 14 13 troubleshooting 14 16 values of wildcard characters tabl...

Страница 915: ...ng 16 28 description 16 28 software limitations 16 29 LESs configuration examples 14 17 to 14 32 configuring 14 11 to 14 13 redundant 14 15 LFIB MPLS terminology table 16 23 table lookup process 16 26 LGNs complex node representation 11 48 to 11 49 configuration example 11 24 to 11 28 configuring 11 16 to 11 24 summary addresses 11 22 to 11 24 linecode command T1 E1 ATM interfaces 18 16 T1 E1 IMA ...

Страница 916: ...ce 2 1 map class command entering command mode 2 11 map class configuration mode description 2 11 table 2 3 map group command 13 7 13 9 25 18 25 28 map list command bridging packet flooding 25 26 entering command mode 2 10 IP multicast 25 28 map lists example 13 8 13 9 RFC 1483 25 18 map list configuration mode description 2 10 table 2 3 map lists configuration examples figures 13 8 13 10 configur...

Страница 917: ...ssors 1 3 N name command default ELANs 14 8 ELANs 14 9 node names 11 18 name server atm address command default ELANs 14 8 redundant LECSs 14 15 restricted membership ELANs 14 10 unrestricted membership ELANs 14 8 national reserve command 21 5 NCDP configuring 3 13 enabling 3 15 network configuration example figure 3 14 ncdp admin weight command 3 16 ncdp command 3 15 ncdp control vc command 3 16 ...

Страница 918: ... support 8 2 cell flow support 8 1 configuring entire switch 8 3 configuring entire switch router 8 3 configuring interface level 8 4 configuring maximum connections example 8 3 8 4 displaying configuration 8 6 fault management function note 8 1 maximum configured connections 8 3 overview 8 1 to 8 2 software capabilities 8 2 switch component operations 8 2 OC 12c interfaces configuring 18 9 to 18 ...

Страница 919: ...er group leaders See PGLs permanent virtual channels See PVCs permanent virtual path numbers See PVP numbers PGLs configuration example 11 24 to 11 28 configuring 11 16 to 11 24 node election leadership 11 20 to 11 22 parent nodes 11 19 physical interfaces configuring 9 17 types 1 2 to 1 4 ping atm command 18 17 ping atm interface atm command 8 6 checking ATM connection 8 5 checking basic connecti...

Страница 920: ...configuring CES soft PVCs 19 63 to 19 78 configuring PVCs 7 14 configuring PVPs 7 17 to 7 19 configuring soft PVCs 7 63 to 7 73 point to multipoint soft PVCs configuring 7 64 configuring retry intervals 7 72 configuring traffic parameters 7 68 deleting 7 72 displaying 7 67 enabling or disabling 7 69 example 7 66 example figure 7 64 guidelines 7 64 Point to Point Protocol See PPP authentication pol...

Страница 921: ...gnificant change command 11 47 purge command 17 12 pvc bundle command VC bundling 25 31 VC bundling with IP ATM QoS 25 46 PVCs configuring 7 3 7 14 configuring note 7 3 configuring end points to PVP tunnels 7 86 configuring soft route optimization 7 29 configuring soft PVCs 7 19 configuring terminating 7 9 deleting 7 6 example figure 7 14 examples 7 3 7 9 7 15 traffic values in CTT data structure ...

Страница 922: ... configuration mode description 2 16 table 2 5 redundancy force failover main cpu command 5 4 redundancy manual sync command 5 6 redundancy manual sync counters command 5 6 redundancy preferred switch card slots command 5 12 redundancy prepare for cpu removal command 5 10 redundant destination soft PVC and soft PVP configuring 7 55 7 59 example 7 60 example network figure 7 57 7 59 overview 7 55 r...

Страница 923: ... 5 5 6 router command 16 5 router configuration mode See ATM router configuration mode route selection background route computation 11 29 to 11 31 11 54 to 11 55 explicit paths 11 36 to 11 39 link selection 11 31 to 11 33 11 54 to 11 56 maximum administrative weight percentage 11 33 11 56 precedence 11 34 to 11 35 11 57 tuning 11 29 to 11 39 11 54 to 11 57 routing mode 11 2 to 11 4 routing table n...

Страница 924: ...to 19 59 request handling 19 60 displaying configuration information 19 57 connections 19 60 endpoints 19 59 operation 19 56 overview 19 56 shutdown 19 61 sgcp call agent command 19 61 sgcp command 19 57 sgcp command show 19 57 sgcp connection command show 19 60 sgcp endpoint command show 19 59 sgcp graceful shutdown command 19 61 sgcp request retries command 19 60 sgcp request timeout command 19 ...

Страница 925: ... paths command 11 38 show atm pnni hierarchy command 11 20 show atm pnni identifier command 11 37 show atm pnni interface command 11 44 show atm pnni local node command 11 17 11 40 show atm pnni neighbor command 11 32 11 55 show atm pnni precedence command 11 35 show atm pnni resource info command 11 47 11 52 show atm pnni scope command 11 16 show atm pnni statistics command 11 53 show atm pnni su...

Страница 926: ...ommand 4 24 show frame relay connection traffic table configuring frame size 20 12 show frame relay connection traffic table command 20 22 show frame relay interface resource serial command 20 23 show frame relay lmi command 7 34 20 15 20 16 20 18 show functional image info command 26 6 show hardware command 18 17 show ima interface command confirming IMA group deletion 21 11 confirming interface ...

Страница 927: ...ATM network interworking PVCs 20 26 Frame Relay to ATM service interworking PVCs 20 29 show vc interface serial configuring frame size 20 12 show version command configuration register value 5 5 troubleshooting interface configuration 18 17 signalling CUGs 17 15 to 17 19 diagnostics 17 11 to 17 15 disabling 17 20 E 164 addresses 17 4 to 17 11 IE forwarding 17 2 to 17 3 multipoint to point funnel 1...

Страница 928: ...ok detection 19 38 unstructured services 19 17 soft PVPs configuring access filters 7 42 to 7 50 priority 7 34 redundant destinations 7 55 to 7 63 route optimization 7 29 timer rules based 7 50 to 7 54 deleting 7 13 example 7 27 example figure 7 26 software features ATM addressing 1 6 ATM internetworking services 1 8 managing and monitoring 1 8 resource management 1 7 signalling and routing 1 7 su...

Страница 929: ...1 frame discard 17 3 to 17 4 redundancy 5 7 switch cards See switch processors switched virtual circuits See SVCs switch fabric functionality 9 2 switchover 5 6 command 5 2 command example 5 4 configuration 5 5 description 5 1 synchronizing configurations 5 6 synchronizing dynamic information 5 7 warning message 5 4 switch processors displaying EHSA configuration 5 13 EHSA 5 11 features table 9 2 ...

Страница 930: ...ation 18 15 T3 trunks demultiplexing 20 2 description 20 2 TACACS 4 14 TACACS 4 15 Tag Distribution Protocol See TDP Tag Distribution Protocol See TDP tag switching CAC support 16 18 configuring 16 2 to 16 12 configuring on VP tunnels 16 9 to 16 12 CoS 16 13 to 16 16 CTT 16 18 displaying configuration on ATM interfaces example 16 5 enabling ATM interfaces 16 4 example configuration 16 19 to 16 21 ...

Страница 931: ...nfiguration 9 16 overview 9 14 timeout command sgcp request 19 60 timer 7 51 timer command 11 50 timer rule command 7 52 timer rules based soft PVCs configuring 7 50 to 7 54 displaying 7 53 example 7 52 overview 7 50 timer rules based soft PVPs configuring 7 50 to 7 54 displaying 7 53 example 7 53 overview 7 50 timeslots command ces circuit 19 21 Token Ring ELAN example 14 31 to 14 32 LANE client ...

Страница 932: ...sses note 3 5 unprivileged user mode See user EXEC mode unspecified bit rate See UBR unstructured command ces aal1 service 19 15 19 45 unstructured services configuring CES SVCs 19 44 to 19 48 hard PVCs 19 10 to 19 12 network clocking 19 10 soft PVCs 19 13 to 19 17 overview 19 9 verifying CES SVCs 19 47 hard PVCs 19 13 soft PVCs 19 17 upc command point to multipoint soft PVC connections 7 69 user ...

Страница 933: ...int PVCs 7 14 to 7 16 point to multipoint PVPs 7 17 to 7 19 point to multipoint soft PVCs 7 63 to 7 73 PVCs 7 8 to 7 10 PVPs 7 10 to 7 13 route optimization 7 29 to 7 30 soft PVCs 7 19 to 7 24 7 26 to 7 28 20 32 to 20 39 soft PVPs 7 26 to 7 28 types supported table 7 2 VCCs 7 2 to 7 7 VP tunnels 7 79 to 7 89 virtual channel connections See VCCs virtual connections See VCs virtual path identifier r...

Страница 934: ...gure 7 79 signalling VPCI 7 87 W weighted round robin See WRR 22 4 well known VCs 7 74 wildcards in LANE address templates 14 4 WRR configuring output scheduling 9 25 configuring precedence 22 4 configuring relative weight 16 15 description 16 13 effective bandwidth 22 4 weight 22 4 X XmplsATM MPLS terminology table 16 23 Y yellow command 21 5 ...

Результаты поиска

Содержание LightStream 1010

Отзывы:

Похожие инструкции для LightStream 1010

Бренды по названию

Популярные бренды

Cisco LightStream 1010, Руководство по настройке

Результаты поиска

Содержание LightStream 1010

Отзывы:

Похожие инструкции для LightStream 1010

Бренды по названию

Популярные бренды